2k16 cs6 cadillac ct6 22988376a.ai 1 12/10/2015 9:40:58 amcadillac ct6 owner manual...

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k16_CS6_Cadillac_CT6_22988376A.ai 1 12/10/2015 9:40:58 AM2k16_CS6_Cadillac_CT6_22988376A.ai 1 12/10/2015 9:40:58 AM

Cadillac CT6 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-9235592) -2016 - crc - 11/6/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 109

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 177

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 191

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 342

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 361

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 371

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Emblem, and CT6are trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forCadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 22988376 A First Printing ©2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

I : Certified Technician

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System Child Restraints


4 Introduction

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

h : Start/Stop

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Passenger Sensing System . . . 15Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . 21Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 22Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 22Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Surround Vision Recorder . . . . . 24Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Universal Remote System . . . . . 24Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 26Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Overview


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 189.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-ChangeSignals 0 173.

3. Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)0 121 or Instrument Cluster(Base Level) 0 118.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 111.

5. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 202.

6. Parking Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 231.

Automatic Parking Assist (APA)Button. See AssistanceSystems for Parking orBacking 0 231.

Automatic Engine Start/StopDisable Switch. See Startingthe Engine 0 204.

7. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 172.

8. Hazard WarningFlashers 0 173.

Glove Box Button. See GloveBox 0 106.

9. Infotainment 0 177.

10. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64 (If Equipped).

11. Infotainment Touch Pad. Seethe infotainment manual.

12. Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Quad Zone) 0 178 orAutomatic Climate ControlSystem (Dual Zone) 0 185.

13. Automatic Vehicle Hold(AVH) 0 217.

MODE Button. See DriverMode Control 0 219.

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 217.

14. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 210.

15. Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 140.

16. Steering Wheel Controls. Seethe infotainment manual.

17. Horn 0 111.

18. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 110 (Out of View).

19. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 237 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248(If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 111(If Equipped).

20. Cruise Control 0 220.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 223(If Equipped).

Phone Button. See “SteeringWheel Controls” in theinfotainment manual.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 132.

22. Instrument PanelStorage 0 106.

Instrument Panel FuseBlock 0 293.


8 In Brief

23. Electric Parking Brake 0 214.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 174 (Out of View).

Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 143(If Equipped) (Out of View).

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe vehicle has a fuel saving stop/start system to shut off the engineand help conserve fuel.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. When thebrake pedal is released or theaccelerator pedal is pushed, theengine will restart.

The automatic engine stop/startfunction can be disabled using theswitch. See Starting theEngine 0 204.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away.

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used for thedriver door.

Press K to unlock the driver door orall doors, depending on the vehiclepersonalization settings. The fueldoor will also be unlocked,if equipped.

Press Q to lock all doors.


In Brief 9

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

PressX twice quickly to open thetrunk.

Press 7 and release to initiatevehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for more thanthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys 0 28 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Remote Vehicle StartThe engine can be started fromoutside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

Press the button on the door handleand pull the handle when theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Manual Operation

From outside, use the key in thedriver door. The key lock cylinder iscovered by a cap. See DoorLocks 0 37.

From the inside rear doors, pushdown on the door lock knob on topof the door. To unlock a door, pullonce on the door handle to unlock it,and again to open it.

Power Door Locks

From outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter.


10 In Brief

From inside, press Q or K. SeePower Door Locks 0 39.

Trunk

To open the trunk:

. Press|.

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate after unlocking all doors.

If equipped, these will also open thepower trunk. See Trunk 0 41.

WindowsThe power windows only operatewith the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 206.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up toraise it.

The switches on the driver doorcontrol all windows. Eachpassenger door has a switch thatcontrols only that window.

See Power Windows 0 52.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

Platinum Seat Shown

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 60.


In Brief 11

Uplevel Seat Adjustment

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use all uplevel seat features.

Platinum Seat

1. Feature Select2. Up3. Forward4. Down5. Rearward

. Move Feature Select (1) todisplay seat adjustments on thecenter stack. Press and releaseor hold to scroll throughfeatures.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.

. Press Forward (3) to makeforward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Down (4) to makedownward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Rearward (5) to makerearward adjustments of theselected feature.

Reclining Seatbacks

Platinum Seat Shown

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 62.

Base Lumbar Adjustment

Base Seat Shown

To adjust lumbar support,if equipped:

1. Forward2. Rearward

. Press Forward (1) to movelumbar support inward.


12 In Brief

. Press Rearward (2) to movelumbar support outward.

Massage

Platinum Driver Seat Shown,Passenger Seat Similar

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use the massage feature.

To activate and adjust the massagefeature:

1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol (2) located on the doorto view adjustable massageoptions on the center stackdisplay.

2. Select massage feature.

3. Press the control up (3) ordown (5) to select themassage type.

4. Press the control forward (4) orrearward (6) to change theintensity.

5. Press the massage controlbutton (1) to recall the lastmassage type and intensity.

See Massage 0 66.

Memory Features

Platinum Seat Driver ButtonsShown, Passenger Buttons

Similar

If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB(Exit) buttons on the driver door andfront passenger door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver andpassenger seats. The drivermemory buttons also store outsidemirror, power tilt and telescopingsteering column positions, andmassage settings (if equipped).


In Brief 13

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in the personalizationmenu, positions previously stored tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin the personalization menu, theseat will move rearward to thestored position when the ignition ischanged to OFF and the driver dooris opened within a short time.

See Memory Seats 0 63 andVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Second Row Seats

If equipped, the armrest may haveseat adjustment controls.

1. Seatback Display and LumbarAdjustment Control

2. Power Seat Adjustment

3. Seatback Recline

4. Massage

See Rear Seats 0 66.

Rear Seat Armrest

The rear seat has an armrest in thecenter of the seatback. Lower thearmrest and press button at thefront of the armrest to access thecupholders.

To fold, press the cupholders intothe seat if they have been opened,lift the armrest up, and push itrearward until it is flush with theseatback.


14 In Brief

Heated and Ventilated RearSeats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 64.

Platinum Seat

If equipped, the buttons are on therear passenger doors.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, pressM or L to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, pressC or { to ventilate the left or rightoutboard seat.

See Heated and Ventilated RearSeats 0 69.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsabove the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.


In Brief 15

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 58 andPower Seat Adjustment 0 60.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 70.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 71.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 72.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 95.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. No

other airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 82.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will light on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 130.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirror

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.


16 In Brief

2. Press one of the four arrows tomove the mirror.

3. Move the selector switch to )to deselect the mirror.

The vehicle has manual foldingmirrors or, if equipped, power foldingmirrors. See Power Mirrors 0 48.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

Automatic dimming reduces theglare of headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.

Rear Camera Mirror

If equipped, this automatic dimmingrearview mirror provides a wideangle camera view of the areabehind the vehicle. For ease of use,adjust the mirror for a clear view of

the area behind the vehicle whilethe display is off. See Rear CameraMirror 0 50.

Steering WheelAdjustmentPower Tilt and TelescopingSteering Wheel

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamp

The dome lamp is in the overheadconsole.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

( OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.

+ ON/OFF : Turns the lamp onor off.


In Brief 17

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on automaticallywhen any door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 174.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170.

. Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals 0 173.


18 In Brief

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, movethe lever to select the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : Use this setting forintermittent wipes or Rainsense™,when enabled. For intermittentwipes, move the lever up to AUTO,then turn the band on the wiperlever up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

If Rainsense is enabled in vehiclepersonalization, move the lever upto AUTO, then turn the band on thewiper lever to adjust the sensitivityto moisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To enable or disable this feature,see “Rain Sense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 111.


In Brief 19

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Dual and Quad Zone Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

4. Rear Window Defogger

5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. A/C (Air Conditioning)

5. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. Driver and Passenger AirDelivery Mode Controls

8. Defog


20 In Brief

9. Ionizer Status Indicator (IfEquipped)

See Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Quad Zone) 0 178 orAutomatic Climate Control System(Dual Zone) 0 185.

TransmissionTap Shift

Vehicles equipped with Tap Shiftallow shifting an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. Tap Shift can beenabled through the shift lever orthe Tap Shift controls on the back ofthe steering wheel. See ManualMode 0 212.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, rear seat infotainment,phone, navigation system, andvoice or speech recognition. It alsoincludes information on settings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white indicator appears inthe instrument cluster whenturned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed. To increase speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ to thefirst detent. To increase speed to the


In Brief 21

next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press RES+ to thesecond detent.

SET− : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If the cruise control is alreadyactive, use to decrease vehiclespeed. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− to thefirst detent. To decrease speed tothe next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press SET− to thesecond detent.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 220 orAdaptive Cruise Control 0 223 (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 140.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 237.

Night Vision SystemIf equipped, this system can helpthe driver see and alert the driver topedestrians or large animals aheadof the vehicle beyond the area lit bythe headlamps.

See Night Vision System 0 243.


22 In Brief

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 240.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,

FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps orpulses the driver seat. FPB canprovide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 241.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 248 and Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 248.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 246 and Lane Change Alert(LCA) 0 246.

Surround VisionIf equipped, views around thevehicle display on the center stackto aid with parking and low-speedmaneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 231.


In Brief 23

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays on thecenter stack to aid with parking andlow-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 231.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on thecenter stack display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 231.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may cross

your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear ParkingAssist (RPA) uses sensors on therear bumper to assist with parkingand avoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA maydisplay a warning triangle on theRear Vision Camera screen and agraphic on the instrument cluster toprovide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps or seatpulses may occur if very close to anobject.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helpsto search for and maneuver thevehicle into parallel or perpendicularparking spots using automaticsteering, DIC displays, and beeps.When the vehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph), pressO toenable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist(APA)” under Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 231.

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the RABsystem, which is designed to helpavoid or reduce the harm caused bybacking crashes when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse). If thesystem detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crashwith a detected object behind yourvehicle in your path, it mayautomatically brake hard to a stop.


24 In Brief


Surround VisionRecorderIf equipped, the Surround VisionRecorder records 360° cameraviews to an SD card. Only imagesare recorded, no sound.

See Surround VisionRecorder 0 250.

Power Outlets

1. Power Outlet 110V/120VAlternating Current

2. Power Outlet 12 Volt DirectCurrent

The 12-volt accessory power outletcan be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet on the rear seat trimpanel.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets 0 114.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.

See Universal RemoteSystem 0 166.

SunroofIf equipped with a sunroof, theignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP), to operatethe sunroof. See Ignition Positions0 202 and Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 206.


In Brief 25

1. SLIDE Switch2. TILT Switch

Open/Close : Press the rear orfront of the switch (1) to the firstdetent and hold to open or close thesunroof.

Express Open/Express Close :Press the rear or front of theswitch (1) to the second detent andrelease to express open or expressclose the sunroof.

Vent Feature : Press and hold thefront of the switch (2) to vent thesunroof. Press and hold the rear ofthe switch (2) to close thesunroof vent.

See Sunroof 0 55.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off TCS, press andreleaseY on the center

console. i illuminates in theinstrument cluster and theappropriate DIC messagedisplays. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 154.

. Press and releaseY again toturn TCS back on.


26 In Brief

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and holdYon the center console until gand i illuminate in theinstrument cluster. Theappropriate DIC messagedisplays. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 154.

. Press and releaseY again toturn on both systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 217.

The vehicle has Driver ModeControl. See Driver ModeControl 0 219.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 308.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140 and EngineOil Messages 0 149.

2. Press and hold SEL to clearthe CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message and reset theoil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.


In Brief 27

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 272.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

New Cadillac owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Service Program.

See Roadside Service 0 364.


28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 36Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 39Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 46

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 49Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . 54

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

This key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the side of the transmitter nearthe bottom, and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService 0 364.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 375.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 371.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.



Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/orthe horn may sound on the secondpress to indicate locking. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 157.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled through thevehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 44.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,pressing and holding Q forone second will fold the mirrors. Theauto mirror folding feature will notoperate unless it is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 157.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.The RKE transmitter can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first button press. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157. Whenremotely unlocking the vehicle atnight, the headlamps and back-uplamps will come on for about30 seconds to light your approach tothe vehicle. The turn signalindicators may flash to indicateunlocking.

Pressing K will also unlock thefuel door.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 44.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,pressing and holding K forone second will unfold the mirrors.The auto mirror folding feature willnot operate unless it is enabled.See Vehicle Personalization 0 157.

Press and hold K until the windowsfully open. Windows will not operateunless remote window operation isenabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start theengine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 36.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold 7 formore than three seconds to soundthe panic alarm. The horn sounds



and the turn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or until 7 is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

X : Press twice quickly to open thetrunk. Press once to stop the trunkfrom moving. See Trunk 0 41.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the trunk without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the door being opened.If equipped, there will be a button onthe outside door handles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock button pressfrom the driver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver door

handle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Door Shown, PassengerSimilar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on a passengerdoor handle will unlock all doors.Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system willlock the vehicle several secondsafter all doors are closed if thevehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

If equipped with a locking fuel door,the fuel door will also lock atthis time.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKE



transmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote is left in the vehicle, the hornwill chirp three times after all doorsare closed. To turn on or off seeVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Keyless Trunk Opening

To open the trunk, press the touchpad on the rear of the trunk abovethe license plate. The RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft).

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a deadtransmitter battery, see DoorLocks 0 37.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all transmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Remove the vehicle key fromthe recognized transmitter.

2. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

3. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 37. Insertthe vehicle key into the keylock cylinder on the driver doorhandle, then turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.



4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thecenter console storage areawill need to be opened.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC display willshow that it is ready to programthe next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q on thetransmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP forapproximately 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

7. Put the vehicle key back intothe transmitter.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all transmitters to beprogrammed must be with you.

1. Remove the vehicle key fromthe transmitter.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 37. Insertthe vehicle key into the keylock cylinder on the driver doorhandle, then turn the key

counterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

4. Repeat Step 3 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.



5. Place the new transmitter inthe transmitter pocket. Thecenter console storage areawill need to be opened.

6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC display willshow that it is ready to programthe next transmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q on thetransmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP forapproximately 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

8. Put the vehicle key back intothe transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE whenstarting the vehicle. See Key andLock Messages 0 150.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral) press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.



Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter. Do not usethe key slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the front and backhousing, then snap thetransmitter together.

6. Reinsert the key.



Remote Vehicle StartThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside the vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on duringremote start.

If equipped, the heated andventilated front seats may alsocome on when the vehiclepersonalization setting is enabled.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe lamps flash. This confirmsthe request to remote start thevehicle has been received.

During the remote start, thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or theignition is put in ON/RUN/START.

3. Press the brake pedal andselect the ON/RUN/STARTignition mode to drive thevehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10 minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.



Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan OFF.

. The transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome by

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

extreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

Inside the Vehicle

Press the power door lock switch tolock or unlock all doors.

Push down on the door lock knob tolock that door. Pull once on the doorhandle to unlock and again to openthe door.

Outside the Vehicle

Use the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter or the key lockcylinder on the driver front door. Thekey lock cylinder is covered witha cap.



Keyless Access

Press the lock/unlock button whenthe RKE transmitter is within 1 m(3 ft) of the driver door handle.When unlocking from the driverdoor, the first press unlocks thatdoor; press again withinfive seconds to unlock all passengerdoors. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Key Lock Cylinder Access

To access the key lock cylinder:

1. Pull the door handle to theopen position.

2. Insert the key into the slot onthe bottom of the cap and pryoutward.

3. Move the cap outward andremove.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle to theopen position.

2. Insert the tabs (1) on the rearof the cap into the spacebetween the seal (2) and themetal base (3).



3. Move the cap inward and pressto snap the cap in place.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and thepower door lock switch is pressedwith the driver door open, all thedoors will lock and only the driverdoor will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKE



transmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:

1. Move the lever down to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by pressingthe power door lock switch,or using the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock.Do the same for the other door.



Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 209.

To open the trunk, the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

Manual Trunk

. Press| on the driver door.

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.



. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate when all doors areunlocked.

For Keyless Access, the trunk canbe opened while the vehicle islocked by pressing the touch padabove the license plate while theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the rear of the vehicle. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down. Do not press the touchpad while closing the trunk; this willcause the trunk lid to be unlatched.

The trunk has an electric latch. If thevehicle has lost power or the batteryis disconnected, the trunk will notopen. If this happens, use theemergency trunk release handle.

Power Trunk

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powertrunk. Make sure there is no onein the way of the power trunk as itis opening and closing.

If equipped, to open the powertrunk:

. Press and release| on thedriver door. The driver door mustbe unlocked or the vehicle mustbe in ON/RUN or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP).

. PressX twice quickly on theRKE transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk after unlocking alldoors or with the RKEtransmitter in range for KeylessAccess.

Monitor the trunk area to make surenothing will come in contact or moveinto the path of the trunk lid whenpower closing.

To close the power trunk:

. Press and hold| on thedriver door until the trunklatches. A chime will sound anda DIC message will displaywhen the operation is complete.



. Press the power trunk button onthe trunk lid.

Press any trunk button or the touchpad to stop the power operation.Pressing a trunk button again startsthe operation in the reversedirection. The touch pad will notclose the trunk lid.

Do not manually force the trunk lidopen or closed during a powercycle. The power trunk may betemporarily disabled under extremelow temperatures, or after repeatedpower cycling over a short period oftime. The trunk can be openedmanually.

Obstacle Detection Features

If there is an obstruction during apower open or close cycle, a closingtrunk will reverse direction and anopening trunk will stop poweroperation. If there are multipleobstructions on the same powercycle, the power function willdeactivate. After removing theobstructions, manually close thetrunk lid to allow normal poweroperation functions to resume.

If the vehicle is locked and anobstacle prevents the trunk fromclosing and latching, the horn willsound as an alert that the trunk didnot close.

Hands-Free Power Trunk

If equipped, the power trunk may beoperated with a kicking motionunder the rear bumper. The RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft).

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the trunk lid is moving. To stopthe trunk while in motion, use one ofthe power trunk buttons.

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the centerof the rear bumper, then pull it back.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; it will not activate.

. Do not touch the trunk lid until ithas stopped moving.

. This feature may be temporarilydisabled under some conditions.If it does not respond to the kick,operate the power trunk byanother method or start thevehicle and the feature will bere-enabled.



When closing the power trunk usingthis feature, there will be a shortdelay. The taillamps will flash and achime will sound. Move away fromthe trunk before it starts moving.

Rear Seat Pass-Through

Use the rear seat pass-through doorwhen transporting long items. SeeRear Seat Pass-Through Door 0 69.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

If equipped with a power trunk, theemergency trunk release handle willpower open the trunk.

After use, return to the storedposition.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.



On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the trunk, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, aprevious alarm occurred while thesystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 155.



Power Sounder, InclinationSensor, and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have a powersounder, inclination sensor, andintrusion sensor.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm, which is distinct fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound analarm if the vehicle’s battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorized entryinto the vehicle’s interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remainin the vehicle when the intrusionsensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure all doors andwindows are completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such assunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking thesensors in the front overheadconsole.

Inclination and IntrusionSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensors bedeactivated if pets are left in thevehicle or if the vehicle is beingtransported.

With the vehicle turned off, presso in the front overhead console.The indicator light will come onmomentarily, indicating that thesesensors have been disabled for thenext alarm system arming cycle.

ImmobilizerSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 371.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.



The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbutton startis activated to enter the ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the ON/RUN/START mode and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the RKEtransmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the transmitter pocketlocated in the center console. SeeKey and Lock Messages 0 150.

If the ignition modes will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See thedealer.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “Programming

Transmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press one of the four arrows tomove the mirror.

3. Move the selector switch to )to deselect the mirror.

Power Folding Mirrors

If equipped with power foldingmirrors, press the down arrow onthe control pad while the selectorswitch is at ). Press again tounfold.

Auto Mirror Folding

If equipped, with the ignition off,press and hold Q on the RKEtransmitter for approximatelyone second to automatically fold theexterior mirrors. Press and hold Kon the RKE transmitter forapproximately one second to unfold.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

This feature is turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, the mirrors can befolded inward toward the vehicle toprevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash.Push the mirror outward to return itto the original position.

Exterior Automatic DimmingMirror

The vehicle may have exteriorautomatic dimming mirrors that willautomatically adjust for the glare ofheadlamps behind.



Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 63.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 246.

Turn Signal Indicator

The vehicle has a turn signalindicator on the mirror housings.The indicator will flash when a turnsignal or the hazard warningflashers are used.

Heated MirrorsThe rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors.

= : Press to heat the outsidemirrors.

See Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Quad Zone) 0 178 orAutomatic Climate Control System(Dual Zone) 0 185.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe vehicle has an automaticdimming rearview mirror. The mirrorwill automatically reduce the glarefrom the headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.



Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab rearward to turn on thedisplay. Push the tab forward to turnit off. When off, the mirror isautomatic dimming. Adjust themirror for a clear view of the areabehind the vehicle while the displayis off.

To adjust the brightness, press thebutton (1) on the back of therearview mirror without covering thelight sensor (2).

Each button press cycles thebrightness between five settings.

{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)has a limited view. Portions of theroad, vehicles, and other objectsmay not be seen. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thiscamera. Objects may appearcloser than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance overyour shoulder when making lanechanges or merging. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.



The camera that provides the RearCamera Mirror (RCM) image isabove the license plate, next to theRear Vision Camera (RVC).

Troubleshooting

If the tab is in the rearward positionand a blue screen and d aredisplayed in the mirror and thedisplay shuts off, see your dealer forservice.

The RCM may not work properly ordisplay a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The back of the vehicle hasbeen damaged and the positionand mounting angle of thecamera has changed.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in a



pulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave keys in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 28.

The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch controls only thatwindow.

Press the switch down to open thewindow. Pull the switch up toclose it.

The windows are operable when theignition is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 206.

Express-Down/Up Windows

The express feature allows thewindows to be raised and loweredall the way without holding theswitch.

Press or pull the switch fully andrelease it to activate the expressfeature.

Cancel the express mode by brieflypressing or pulling the switch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up isactive, the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation after theobstruction or condition is removed.



Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

{ Warning

If express override is activated,the window will not reverseautomatically. You or others couldbe injured and the window couldbe damaged. Before you useexpress override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

To override the anti-pinch feature,hold the window switch all the wayup to the second position. Thewindow will raise for as long as theswitch is held. Once the switch isreleased, the express mode isreactivated.

In this mode, the window can closeon an object in its path. Use carewhen using the override mode.

Programming the PowerWindows

If the vehicle battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, or is notworking, the front power windowswill need to be reprogrammed forthe express-up feature to work.Before reprogramming, replace orrecharge the vehicle's battery.

To program:

1. With the ignition in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power(RAP) is active, close all doors.

2. Pull and hold the powerwindow switch up until thewindow is fully closed.Continue holding the switch upfor two seconds after thewindow closes.

3. Press and hold the powerwindow switch down until thewindow is fully open. Continueholding the switch down fortwo seconds.

The window is now reprogrammed.Repeat the process for the otherwindows.

Comfort Open

When Comfort Open is enabled inthe vehicle personalization menu,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter until the windows fullyopen. See “Remote WindowOperation” under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearwindows from operating except fromthe driver position.

PressZ to activate the rearwindow lockout. The indicator lightwill illuminate when on.



PressZ again to deactivate therear window lockout.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow, or to extend along the rod.

Rear Window Sunshade

If equipped, press and release theswitch. The rear window sunshadewill fully extend. To close thesunshade, press and release theswitch again. The sunshade will fullyclose.

When shifting the vehicle intoR (Reverse), the rear windowsunshade will automatically retract ifit is extended. It may re-extend aftera short delay when shifting into D(Drive).

There is also a control for the rearwindow sunshade on the rear doorpanel.

Rear Passenger Door Sunshades



If equipped, use the handle to pullthe sunshade up and attach to theholder at the top of the window.

To close the sunshade, use thehandle to unhook and hold it while itretracts down.

Roof

SunroofIf equipped with a sunroof, theignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP), to operatethe sunroof. See Ignition Positions0 202 and Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 206.

1. SLIDE Switch2. TILT Switch

Open/Close : Press the rear orfront of the switch (1) to the firstdetent and hold to open or close thesunroof.

Express Open/Express Close :Press the rear or front of theswitch (1) to the second detent andrelease to express open or expressclose the sunroof.

Vent Feature : Press and hold thefront of the switch (2) to vent thesunroof. Press and hold the rear ofthe switch (2) to close thesunroof vent.

Power Sunshades



If equipped, press to open or closethe front sunroof sunshade.

If equipped, press to open or closethe rear sunroof sunshade.

The rear door panels have controlsfor the rear sunroof sunshade.Press to open or close.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof/sunshade is equippedwith an automatic reversal systemthat is only active when the sunroof/sunshade is being operated inexpress mode. If an object is in thepath of the sunroof/sunshade whileit is express-closing, the reversalsystem will detect the object andstop. In the event of closingdifficulties like frost or otherconditions, it is possible to overridethe reversal system. To override the

reversal system, close in manualmode. To stop the movement,release the switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 57

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 60Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 61Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 62Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Heated and Ventilated RearSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 69

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 75Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 75Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 78When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Passenger Sensing System . . . 82Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 86

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 87Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Infants and Young Children . . . . 90Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 92Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 94Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 95

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 100

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 103


58 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsThe vehicle’s front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

If your vehicle has rear headrestraints that fold down, alwaysreturn them to the full uprightposition whenever an occupant isseated in the seat.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Pull the head restraint up to raise it.Try to move the head restraint tomake sure that it is locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button located on top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.



The fore and aft position of the headrestraint can be adjusted.

To adjust the head restraint forwardand rearward, press the buttonlocated on the side facing of thehead restraint and move it forwardor rearward until the desired lockingposition is reached. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not designed to beremoved.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

Rear outboard head restraints arenot removable.

The rear outboard head restraintsare not designed to be folded.



Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

Platinum Seat Shown

To adjust:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 62.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 60.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibratingpulse alert in the driver seat to helpavoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems 0 230.

Lumbar Adjustment

Uplevel Lumbar and BolsterAdjustment

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use all uplevel seat features.

Platinum Seat

1. Feature Select2. Up3. Forward4. Down5. Rearward

. Toggle the Feature Select (1),if equipped, to view adjustableseat options on the center stackdisplay.

. Select lumbar support.

. Press Up (2) to move lumbarsupport upward.




. Press Down (4) to move lumbarsupport down.


To adjust upper back support,if equipped:

. Toggle the Feature Select (1),if equipped, to view adjustableseat options on the center stackdisplay.

. Press Forward (3) to movesupport inward or Rearward (5)to move support outward.

Base Lumbar Adjustment

Base Seat Shown


1. Forward2. Rearward



Thigh SupportAdjustment

To adjust thigh support, if equipped:

1. Turn the selection control (3) toview seat options on the centerstack display.

2. Select cushion length adjuster.

3. Press and hold the controlforward (2) to increase orrearward (1) to decreasecushion length.



Reclining Seatbacks

Platinum Seat Shown

To adjust:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise the seatback.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.



Memory Seats

Platinum Driver Seat ButtonsShown, Passenger Buttons

Similar

If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB(Exit) buttons on the driver door andfront passenger door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver andpassenger seats. The drivermemory buttons also store outsidemirror, power tilt and telescopingsteering column positions, andmassage settings, if equipped.

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, power tiltand telescoping steeringcolumn, if equipped, massagetype and intensity, if equipped,and the outside mirrors onsome vehicles.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 2.

To store exit positions and easy exitfeatures to theB (Exit) button,

repeat Steps 1–4 usingB to storeyour positions for getting out of thevehicle (driver only).

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing1, 2, orB before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If the massage feature is off whenthe memory recall is performed, thepreviously stored type and intensitywill be recalled, but it will remain offuntil activated with the On/Offcontrol or through the center stackwith the platinum seat controls.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)(Driver Only)

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the Auto(Automatic) Memory Recall featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver’s previously stored 1 or 2position when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.



See “Auto Memory Recall’ under“Comfort and Convenience” inVehicle Personalization 0 157.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls; or press thepower tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn control.

If the vehicle’s driver has changed,in some vehicles the Driver ID maybe displayed for the first few ignitioncycles.

RKE transmitters are not labeledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then store your positionsto the other button or switch RKEtransmitters with the other driver.

Easy Exit Recall (Driver Only)

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the easy exitfeature automatically recalls thepreviously stored exit positionswhen leaving the vehicle. See“Storing Memory Positions” earlier inthis section. See also VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Easy exit recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction. Then doone of the following:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling againby pressing the appropriatememory button. If automaticallyrecalling the position, tryrecalling again by opening thedriver door and pressing K onthe RKE transmitter.

. If recalling the exit position,press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the exit

feature not recalling fortwo seconds. Then try recallingthe exit position again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.



If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be on.


PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lights

next to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled. When a heated seat isturned on, the symbol turns red.When a ventilated seat is turned on,the symbol turns blue.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack. Use the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat. The autoheated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 157.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turnon, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.



The heated or ventilated seats maybe enabled or disabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 36 andVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Massage

Massage

Platinum Driver Seat Shown,Passenger Seat Similar

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use the massage feature.

To activate and adjust the massagefeature:

1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol (2) located on the doorto view adjustable massageoptions on the center stackdisplay.

2. Select massage feature.

3. Press the control up (3) ordown (5) to select themassage type.

4. Press the control forward (4) orrearward (6) to change theintensity.


See Massage 0 66.

Rear Seats

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

Caution

Do not adjust the power seatwhen a child restraint is installed.Adjusting the seat may causedamage to the installed childrestraint. Use the window lockoutbutton on the driver door toprevent adjustment of the seatwhenever a child restraint isinstalled.



Platinum Rear Seat Shown

If equipped, the armrest may haveseat adjustment controls.

1. Seatback Display and LumbarAdjustment Control

2. Power Seat Adjustment

3. Seatback Recline

4. Massage

When one of the seat controls istriggered, a panel display will beactivated from the driver orpassenger seatback.

To adjust the seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding thecontrol (2) forward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control (2) upor down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control (2)up or down.

To recline the rear seatback,if equipped:

. Tilt the top of the control (3)rearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control (3)forward to raise.

To activate the massage feature,if equipped:

1. Press the massage controlbutton (4).

2. Press up or down (1) to selectthe massage type.

3. Press forward or rearward (1)to change the intensity.


Easy Exit

Platinum Seat Shown

If equipped, press S to return theseat to the full rearward and full tiltdown position. The seat will alsomove to this position when the reardoor is opened.



Lumbar AdjustmentIf a child restraint is installed, seeRear Seats 0 66.

Platinum Rear Seat Shown

If equipped, the armrest may havecontrols for lumbar and upper backsupport.

When one of the seat controls istriggered, a panel display will beactivated from the driver orpassenger seatback.


1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol to view adjustable seatoptions on the display.

2. Select lumbar support.

3. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease support.

4. Press and hold the controlupward to raise or downward tolower the height of the support.

To adjust upper back support,if equipped:

1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol to view adjustable seatoptions on the display.

2. Select upper back support.

3. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease support.

Rear Seat Armrest

Fixed Center Seat Shown,Adjustable Center Seat Similar

The rear seat has an armrest in thecenter of the seatback. Lower thearmrest and press the button at thefront of the armrest to access thecupholders.

To fold, press the cupholders intothe seat if they have been opened,lift the armrest up, and push itrearward until it is flush with theseatback.



Heated and VentilatedRear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 64.

Platinum Seat

If equipped, the buttons are on therear passenger doors.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, pressM or L to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, pressC or { to ventilate the left or rightoutboard seat.

On vehicles without rear climatecontrols, an indicator light on thebutton will turn on when the heatedor ventilated seat is on. On vehicleswith rear climate controls, anindicator on the climate controldisplay appears when this featureis on.

On vehicles without rear climatecontrols, press the button again toturn this feature off. The light on thebutton will turn off. On vehicles withrear climate controls, this featureturns on the heated seat at thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat changesto the next lower setting, and thenthe off setting. Three lights indicatethe highest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

Some vehicles have a rear seatpass-through door in the center ofthe rear seatback. Fold down thecenter armrest and pull the latch toopen the door.



Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 129.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 88 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 90. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 82.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 75.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.



5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Improper

shoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 71.

Press the release button and movethe height adjuster to the desiredposition. The adjuster can be movedup by pushing the slide/trim up.After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.



Automatic Safety BeltTightening System

The vehicle may have the AutomaticSafety Belt Tightening System.

The system activates duringemergency braking and/or suddendriving maneuvers and releaseswhen driving conditions return tonormal.

The system will not activate if theTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl system is not functioningproperly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 217.If there is a problem with theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, a message displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC). SeeSafety Belt Messages 0 154. Othersafety belt functions are not affectedby the Automatic Safety BeltTightening System.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.

They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's safetybelt system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 75.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safety

belt. For more information, see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 129.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 75.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have them

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 130.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:



{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 79.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 88 orInfants and Young Children 0 90.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 130.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 76.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to

predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.



Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to either crash severity oroccupant interaction.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 78.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.



But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 79.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 78.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does not

prevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.

The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. You can lock the doors,and turn off the interior lamps, andturn off the hazard warning flashersby using the controls for thosefeatures.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.



Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 372and Event DataRecorders 0 373.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol for

on or off, will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 130.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand safety belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 130.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbag(s) to be enabled,the on indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag(s) areactive.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,



depending upon the person’sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 130 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is present

in a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat) 0 103or Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) 0 101.

Make sure the safety beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a safety beltlock-off. When the retractor

lock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See HeadRestraints 0 58.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theon indicator is not lit.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.



A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 370.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if you

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, safety belts,the airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,ceiling or pillar garnish trim, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.



Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem 0 82.

The vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags. See Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 316 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer AssistanceOffices 0 363.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 130.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do not

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 78. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properly

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 130.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide, if equipped.See “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 72. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.



. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-ShoulderBelt 0 72.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safety

restraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, the

restraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.



{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.



Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 95. Children canbe endangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.



Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 82 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if the



child restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCH

attachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure the

child restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the safety belt must be used(with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint. SeeSecuring Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) 0 103or Securing Child Restraints (RearSeat) 0 101.



Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use with orwithout the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.



H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover.

The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

The top tether anchors are behindthe rear seat, on the filler panel.Open the covers to access theanchors. Be sure to use an anchoron the same side of the vehicle asthe seating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 94 for additionalinformation.



Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle'ssafety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

restraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

Caution

Do not adjust the power seatwhen a child restraint is installed.Adjusting the seat may causedamage to the installed child

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

restraint. Use the window lockoutbutton on the driver door toprevent adjustment of the seatwhenever a child restraint isinstalled.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 94.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments to

secure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Move the headrestraint up if needed to get atight installation. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Open the top tetheranchor cover to exposethe anchor.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:



If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a singletether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you areusing a single tether, routethe tether around theinboard side of the headrestraint.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, fully raise the headrestraint and route thetethers around the outboard side of the HeadRestraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properly

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

secure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 95 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 95 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the child

restraint. Secure the child in thechild restraint when and as theinstructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 94.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.





4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 95.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 94.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 82 and Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 130 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as far

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

back as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 82 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 95 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.



When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when thevehicle is started. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 130.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 82.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


106 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 106Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 106Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Center Console Storage . . . . . . 107

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Press to release the cover.

Glove Box

To open, touch the GLOVE BOXbutton. Close the glove boxmanually.


Storage 107

Armrest Storage

Press the latch to access thestorage area in the rear armrest.Press the button to extend thecupholders.

Push the cupholders in to close.

If equipped, there are seat controlson the armrest. See RearSeats 0 66.

Rear Storage

If equipped, press the lid to accessthe storage compartment in the reardoors.

Center Console Storage

Press the button and lift to accessthe storage area. There is anauxiliary jack and USB port(s)inside. See the infotainment manual.


108 Storage

There are cupholders in the centerconsole. Push and release on thepassenger side of the cover toaccess the cupholders.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-Downs

The cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads and theconvenience net. See ConvenienceNet 0 108, if equipped.

Convenience NetThe vehicle may have aconvenience net in the trunk. Thenet is attached to the cargotie-downs. Put small loads behindthe net. It can also be positionedinto an envelope to hold smalleritems inside. Do not use the net forheavy loads.


Instruments and Controls 109

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 110Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 111Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 111Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 111Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Boost Gauge (PerformanceConfiguration Only) . . . . . . . . . 125

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge(Base Level Cluster Only) . . . 126

Engine Oil Temperature Gauge(PerformanceConfiguration Only) . . . . . . . . . 127

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Voltmeter Gauge (Base LevelCluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 129Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 130Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 131Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 132

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 136Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 136Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 136

Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 137Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 138Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 138Auto Stop Mode (UplevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 139Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 139Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 140Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 143

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Brake System Messages . . . . . 147Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 148Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 148Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 148Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 149


110 Instruments and Controls

Engine Power Messages . . . . . 150Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 150Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 150Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Airbag System Messages . . . . 154Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 154Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 155Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 155Steering SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Transmission Messages . . . . . . 156Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 157Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 157Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 157

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 166Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustmentPower Tilt and TelescopingSteering Wheel

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.



Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped with a heatedsteering wheel, press to turn on oroff. An indicator next to the button islit when the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, movethe windshield wiper lever to selectthe wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : Use this setting forintermittent wipes or Rainsense™,when enabled. For intermittentwipes, move the lever up to AUTO,then turn the band on the wiperlever up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.If Rainsense is enabled, see“Rainsense™” later in this section.

If the windshield wipers are in usewhile driving, the exterior lampscome on automatically if the exteriorlamp control is in AUTO. Thetransition time for the lamps comingon varies based on wiper speed.See “Lights On with Wipers” underAutomatic Headlamp System 0 172.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.



1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 286.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or AUTO, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

Rainsense™

With Rainsense, a sensor near thetop center of the windshield detectsthe amount of water on thewindshield and controls thesensitivity of the windshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

AUTO : If Rainsense is enabled,move the windshield wiper lever toAUTO. Turn the band on the wiperlever to adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To enable or disable this feature,see “Rainsense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occur



depending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 281for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive the

vehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages 0 148 for the messagesthat may be displayed for thecompass.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touchthe SETTINGS screen button,then touch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch +or − to increase or decreasehours or minutes, and changeAM or PM.

3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Touch0 to go back to theprevious menu.

Date

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Date, then touch +or − to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:


2. Touch Set Time or Set Date.



3. Touch Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto set is on, the time displayedon the clock may not updateimmediately when driving into a newtime zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock willdisplay on the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:


2. Touch Clock Display, thenselect Off or On.


Power Outlets

1. Power Outlet 110V/120VAlternating Current

2. Power Outlet 12 Volt DirectCurrent

Power Outlet 12 Volt DirectCurrent

The 12-volt accessory power outletcan be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet on the rear seat trimpanel.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 260.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds themaximum 20 amp rating.



Power Outlet 110V/120VAlternating Current

If equipped with this power outlet onthe rear seat trim panel, it can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 400watts.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is inON/RUN, equipment requiring lessthan 400 watts is plugged into theoutlet, and no system fault isdetected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is in LOCK/OFF orif the equipment is not fully seatedinto the outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 400 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and theindicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 206. Thepower restarts when equipment

using 400 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following and may not workproperly if this equipment isplugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage, such ascompressor-driven refrigeratorsor electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply,such asmicrocomputer-controlledelectric blankets or touch sensorlamps.

. Medical equipment.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have wirelesscharging in the storage under thearmrest. The system wirelesslycharges one PMA or Qi compatiblemobile device.

To check for phone or other devicecompatibility:

. In the U.S., see my.cadillac.com/learn.

. In Canada, seegmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 206.



The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour mobile device. Metal objects,such as coins, keys, rings,or paper clips, between the phoneand charging pad will becomevery hot. On the rare occasionthat the charging system does notdetect a metal object, and theobject gets wedged between thephone and charger, remove thephone and allow the metallicobject to cool before removing itfrom the charging pad, to preventburns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects on the charging pad.

2. Place the mobile device faceup on the@ symbol on thecharging pad and align it to theleft wall of the charging bin.

3. The~ will display on theVon the infotainment screen.This indicates that the mobiledevice is properly positionedand charging. If a phone isplaced on the charging padand~ does not display,remove the phone from thepad, turn 180 degrees and waitthree seconds before placing/aligning the phone on the padagain.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

English Standard Theme Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press S to access the cluster

applications. Usey orz to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Settings

Audio

Press SEL to select the Audio app,then press T to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse for

music, select from the favorites,or change the audio source. Useyorz to change the station or go tothe next or previous track.

Phone

Press SEL to select the Phone app,then press T to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, or scroll through contacts.If there is an active call, mute thephone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

Press SEL to select the Navigationapp, then press T to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press SEL to cancel orresume route guidance or turn thevoice prompts on or off.

Settings

Press SEL to select the Settingsapp, then press T to enter the

Settings menu. Usey orz toscroll through items in theSettings menu.

Units : Press T while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English, Imperial, or metricunits by pressing SEL while thedesired item is highlighted.A checkmark will be displayed nextto the selected item.

Display Themes : There are threeinstrument cluster displayconfigurations to choose from:Standard, Technology, and Media.

Info Pages : Press T while InfoPages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info app. SeeDriver Information Center(DIC) 0 140.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,



press T when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressy orz to adjustthe value. Press SEL to set thespeed. Once the speed is set, thisfeature can be turned off bypressing SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Software Information : Displaysopen source software information.



Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Uplevel Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

The cluster display layout can bechanged.

Balanced Configuration

The Balanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones: onein the center of each of the gauges.

Enhanced Configuration

The Enhanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones.

Performance Configuration (IfEquipped)

The Performance configuration hastwo interactive display zones.

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Find the Options page in one ofthe interactive display zones onthe cluster.

2. Press SEL to enter theOptions menu.

3. Scroll down to highlight DisplayLayout. Then press SEL toselect it.

4. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlightthe selection. Press SEL toselect the desired clusterconfiguration.

5. Exit the Display Layout menuby pressing S.



Cluster Application Displays

The cluster can display informationregarding Navigation, Audio, andPhone.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press SEL to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music, select fromfavorites, or change the audiosource

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, select from favorites,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Cluster Options Menu

To enter the cluster Options menu:

1. Use the five-way control on theright side of the steering wheelto find the Options page in oneof the interactive display zoneson the cluster.

2. Press SEL on the center of thefive-way control to enter theOptions menu.

Units : Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Units menu.Choose U.S. or metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DIC infodisplays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

Fav Button Options : Press SELwhile Fav Button Options ishighlighted to select between FAVPrimary and SEEK Primary. Thisselection allows for configuration oftheC andB steering wheelcontrols. When FAV Primary is

selected, pressingC andB will goto the next or previous favorite andpressing and holdingC andB willseek. When SEEK Primary isselected, pressingC andB will

seek and pressing and holding CandB will go to the next orprevious favorite.

Display Layout : Press SEL whileDisplay Layout is highlighted tochange the configuration of thecluster. See “ReconfigurableInstrument Cluster” earlier in thissection.

Open Source Software : PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).



OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 140.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

On the base cluster, if the vehiclehas the Stop/Start system, when theignition is in ON/RUN, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining themost fuel efficient operating range.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Base Level Standard ThemeShown



Uplevel Balanced ConfigurationShown

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Boost Gauge(PerformanceConfiguration Only)

Metric



English

This gauge indicates boost underheavier throttle.

It displays the air pressure level inthe intake manifold before it entersthe engine's combustion chamber.

The gauge is automatically centeredat zero every time the engine isstarted. Actual boost is displayedfrom this zero point. Changes inambient pressure, such as driving inmountains and changing weather,will slightly change the zero reading.

Engine Oil PressureGauge (Base LevelCluster Only)

Metric, Standard Theme Shown

English, Standard Theme Shown

The engine oil pressure gaugeshows the engine oil pressurein kPa (kilopascals) or psi (poundsper square inch) when the engine isrunning.

Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity.

A reading outside the normaloperating range can be caused by adangerously low oil level or someother problem causing low oilpressure. Check the vehicle's oil assoon as possible. An oil pressure



message may display. See EngineOil Messages 0 149and Engine Oil 0 270.

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

Engine Oil TemperatureGauge (PerformanceConfiguration Only)

Metric

English

This gauge shows the engine oiltemperature.

If the gauge pointer moves into thehigh end, it means that the engineoil has overheated. If the vehiclehas been operated under normaldriving conditions, pull off the road,stop the vehicle, and turn off theengine as soon as possible.

See Engine Oil 0 270.



Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Base Level Metric StandardTheme Shown

Base Level English StandardTheme Shown

Uplevel Metric BalancedConfiguration Shown

Uplevel English BalancedConfiguration Shown

This gauge measures thetemperature of the vehicle's enginecoolant.

While driving under normaloperating conditions, if the needlemoves into the red area, the engineis too hot. Pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible.



Voltmeter Gauge (BaseLevel Cluster Only)

Standard Theme Shown

When the ignition is on, this gaugeindicates the battery voltage.

When the engine is running, thisgauge shows the condition of thecharging system. The gauge cantransition from a higher to lower or alower to higher reading. This isnormal. If the vehicle is operatingoutside the normal operating range,the charging system light comes on.See Charging System Light 0 131.

Readings outside the normaloperating range can also occurwhen a large number of electricalaccessories are operating in thevehicle and the engine is left idlingfor an extended period. Thiscondition is normal since thecharging system is not able toprovide full power at engine idle. Asengine speeds are increased, thiscondition should correct itself ashigher engine speeds allow thecharging system to create maximumpower.

The vehicle can only be driven for ashort time with the readings outsidethe normal operating range. If thevehicle must be driven, turn off allaccessories, such as the radio andair conditioner, and unplug allchargers and accessories.

Readings outside the normaloperating range indicate a possibleproblem in the electrical system.Have the vehicle serviced as soonas possible.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.



Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 82.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,

grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see AirbagSystem 0 76.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag SystemMessages 0 154.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 82. Theoverhead console has a passengerairbag status indicator.



United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol, to letyou know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the front

outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 130 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

On some vehicles the chargingsystem light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, but theengine is not running, as a check toshow the light is working. It shouldgo out when the engine is started.For vehicles with a reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the ignition is turned on.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays amessage.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages 0 147.



If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Only Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 202.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

vehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 262.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow the



previous guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 253.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require at

least one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeFuel 0 251.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 260. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remaining



circuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may also

display in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages 0 147.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

On some vehicles the serviceelectric parking brake light shouldcome on briefly when the vehicle isin ON/RUN. If it does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn if there is a problem. Forvehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,



but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 214. If a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), see Brake SystemMessages 0 147.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, the

vehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 133 and Brake SystemMessages 0 147.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

For some vehicles, this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced.

For vehicles with the uplevel cluster,this light may not come on whenstarting the vehicle.

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248.



Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 237.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected directly infront of the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 241.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and it may notcome on when the ignition isturned on.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.




Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

On some vehicles this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by the dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicatorlight goes off. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when starting thevehicle.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 280.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 280.

Tire Pressure Light



For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages 0 156.Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 306.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.



Auto Stop Mode (UplevelCluster)

This light comes on when theengine is in an Auto Stop.

See Starting the Engine 0 204.

Security Light

On some vehicles the immobilizerlight should come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light turns off.

For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the engine is started.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See ImmobilizerOperation 0 46.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 172.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 170.



Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 220.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 223.

Door Ajar Light

For vehicles equipped with this light,it comes on when a door is open ornot securely latched. Before driving,check that all doors are properlyclosed. See Door Ajar Messages0 148 for more information.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.



SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theSettings page in one of theinteractive display zones on thecluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to movethrough the list of possible infodisplays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Speed (Base Cluster) : Shows thevehicle speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

Trip 1 or Trip 2 (BaseCluster) / Trip 1 or Trip 2 andAverage Fuel Economy (UplevelCluster) : The Trip display showsthe current distance traveled, ineither kilometers (km) or miles (mi),since the trip odometer was lastreset. The trip odometer can bereset by pressing and holding SELwhile this display is active.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fuel

economy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. The AverageFuel Economy can be reset alongwith the trip odometer by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy (BaseCluster) : Shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is calculated based onthe number of L/100 km (mpg)recorded since the last time thismenu item was reset. This numberreflects only the approximateaverage fuel economy that thevehicle has right now, and willchange as driving conditionschange. The Average Fuel



Economy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Shows the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display is

active and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Compass (Uplevel Cluster) :Shows the direction the vehicle isdriving.

Driver Efficiency Gauge : Guide todriving in an efficient manner bykeeping the ball green and in thecenter of the gauge. Hard braking oracceleration cause the ball to travelaway from the center of the gauge.

Speed Limit : Shows the currentspeed limit. The information for thispage comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Speed Warning : Allows the driverto set a speed that they do not wantto exceed. To set the SpeedWarning, press SEL when SpeedWarning is displayed. Pressy orz to adjust the value. This featurecan be turned off by pressing andholding SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed and a chime may sound.

Cruise Set Speed : Shows thespeed the cruise control or AdaptiveCruise Control is set to.

Driver Assistance (UplevelCluster) : May show information forLane Keep Assist (LKA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), and ForwardCollision Alert (FCA). The displayshows if there is a vehicle detectedahead, and the current FCA timingsetting. In addition, when ACC is notengaged, the current follow time tothe vehicle ahead is displayed as atime value on this page.

Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 149.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 270.In addition to the engine oil life



system monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 344.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 272.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 308 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 309.

Vehicle Odometer (BaseCluster) : Shows the odometer.

Blank Page : Allows for noinformation to be displayed in thecluster info display areas.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windshield. The image isprojected through the HUD lens ontop of the instrument panel. Theinformation appears as an imagefocused out toward the front of thevehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages insome vehicles. The speedometerreading and other numerical valuescan be displayed in either English ormetric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization 0 157 and “ClusterOptions Menu” under InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 121 orInstrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 118.



HUD Display on the VehicleWindshield

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:

. Speed

. Tachometer

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Collision Alert

. Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist

. Low Fuel

Some vehicle messages or alertsdisplayed in the HUD may becleared by using the steering wheelcontrols. See VehicleMessages 0 146.

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings toadjust the HUD.

$ : Press down or lift up to centerthe HUD image. The HUD imagecan only be adjusted up and down,not side to side.

! : Press to select the displayview. Each press will change thedisplay view.

D : Lift up and hold to brightenthe display. Press down and hold todim the display. Hold down to turnthe display off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts may bedisplayed in any view.



Metric

English

Speed View : This display gives thespeedometer reading (in English ormetric units), speed limit, AdaptiveCruise Control speed, LaneDeparture Warning, and VehicleAhead indicator. Some informationonly appears on vehicles that havethese features, and when they areactive.

Metric

English

Audio/Phone View : This displaysthe speed view along with audio/phone information. The current radiostation, media type, and incomingcalls will be displayed.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the driveruses the steering wheel controls toadjust the audio settings appearingin the instrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing inthe instrument cluster may alsodisplay in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Navigation View : This displayincludes the information in thespeed view along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in somevehicles. The compass heading isdisplayed when navigation routing isnot active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alertsshown in the instrument cluster mayalso be displayed in any HUD view.



Metric

English

Performance View : This displaysthe speedometer reading, rpmreading, transmission positions, andgear shift indicator.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering theHUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needsreplacing, see WindshieldReplacement 0 287.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.



Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 284.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while inthis mode, including RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE), remote start,and the vehicle alarm system. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for serviceto turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 283.

BRAKES OVERHEATED

This message is displayed when thebrakes are becoming overheated.This may be seen when driving onhills. Shift to a lower gear.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 214.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. See ElectricParking Brake 0 214.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Thebrake boost assist motor may beheard and brake pedal pulsationmay be felt. This is normal underthese conditions. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.



Compass MessagesThe compass display will be blank ifthe vehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 223.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of the

vehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see ExteriorCare 0 333.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control 0 220.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing thegas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 223.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)needs service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. The DOOR OPENmessage may also be displayed ifthe vehicle starts to move. Close thedoor completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. A chime may also sound.Close the hood completely.



TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the trunk is open.Close the trunk completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADDCOOLANT

This message will display if thecoolant is low. See EngineCoolant 0 277.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —STOP ENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

HIGH COOLANTTEMPERATURE

This message may display if thecoolant temperature is hot. SeeEngine Overheating 0 280.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the oil life system. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 272, DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 140,Engine Oil 0 270, and MaintenanceSchedule 0 344.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil level



before filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 270.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — TURNVEHICLE OFF

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reduced

speed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

NO REMOTE DETECTEDPRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP torestart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.



REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 172.

XX TURN INDICATOR FAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement 0 288 andReplacement Bulbs 0 289.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when drivingin certain areas where there may beradar interference. Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), and the FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) Systemmay not work or may not work aswell. The vehicle does not needservice.

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been turned off. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 240.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), this messagedisplays when the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System has been setto the Alert setting. This setting

disables FAB functions but if thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), some last-second automaticbraking capability is still provided,though less likely to occur. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 240.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been unavailable forsome time. The FAB System doesnot need service. This message candisplay under the followingconditions:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean. Keepthese areas clean and free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 333.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.



This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 217.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. The FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), and LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) featureswill not operate. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) and LaneChange Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE KEEPING ASSISTUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theLane Keep Assist (LKA) and LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system istemporarily unavailable. The LKAsystem does not need service.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Clean theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror.

REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARKASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

REAR AUTO BRAKE ANDPARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the parkingand backing features of the DriverAssistance System when they aretemporarily unavailable. The systemdoes not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see ExteriorCare 0 333.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

See Driver AssistanceSystems 0 230.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control



(ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and/or the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB),Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking, Lane Keep Assist (LKA),and/or Lane Departure Warning(LDW) may not work. Do not usethese systems until the vehicle hasbeen repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer. Do not use the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), Front

Automatic Braking (FAB), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), and LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) features.

SERVICE NIGHT VISIONSYSTEM

The Night Vision system needsservice. See your dealer.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKEAND PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking andbacking features of the DriverAssistance System. Do not use thissystem to help park or back thevehicle. See your dealer for service.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Take the vehicle to your

dealer. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)features will not work.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 333.

TAKE STEERING

If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss. See Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 248.



Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the AWD system.This message could be set by anumber of issues, such as:

. A vehicle or an AWD systemelectronics problem.

. Various vehicle electrical issues.

. Worn out or overheated AWDclutch plates.

. Loss of fluids.

Some of these issues may requireservice of the AWD system.

If this message appears, stop whenit is safe to do so and turn off theignition for 30 seconds. Restart thevehicle and check for the messageon the DIC display. If the messagedoes not appear, it is not necessaryto take the vehicle to your dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 217.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 217.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 217.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 217.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour dealer for service.

Safety Belt Messages

AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped, becomesunavailable. This could be causedby a temporary condition. If themessage continues to display, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE AUTOMATICSEATBELT TIGHTENINGSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped.



Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steeringperformance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Steering SystemMessages

ACTION REQUIRED TURNSTEERING WHEEL STARTVEHICLE AGAIN

This message displays to indicatethat the steering column lock devicewas unable to unlock the column,and the engine did not start. If thishappens, immediately turn thesteering wheel from side to side.If that does not unlock the steeringcolumn, turn the ignition off, andthen open the driver door. Then turnthe vehicle back on and turn thesteering wheel from side to side forabout 15 seconds. The steeringcolumn must be turned to each sideimmediately after pressing ENGINESTART/STOP to help the steeringcolumn lock device unlock thecolumn. In some situations it maytake significant force. This situationmay be avoided by straightening thefront wheels before turning off theengine.

SERVICE ACTIVE STEERINGSYSTEM

This message displays when theremay be a problem with Active RearSteer system. The rear wheels maybe locked at current position and thedriver may experience a smallsteering wheel correction for thevehicle going forward. If the problempersists for the next ignition cycle,see your dealer for service.

SERVICE STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK

This message displays when aproblem with the steering columnlock device has been detected. Seeyour dealer for service.

STEERING COLUMN LOCKED

This message displays when thesteering column is locked with theengine running. It is normal for thesteering column to be locked duringa remote start. The steering columnshould unlock after the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP arepressed.



Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 309.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 137.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon aspossible. Inflate the tires by addingair until the tire pressure is equal tothe values shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tires0 299, Vehicle Load Limits 0 198,and Tire Pressure 0 306.

More than one tire pressuremessage can appear at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingManual Mode and attempting to shiftto a gear not appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). SeeManual Mode 0 212.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenturning the ignition off if the vehicleis not in P (Park).



TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center(DIC) 0 140.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindshield washer reservoir as soonas possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 265 forthe location of the windshieldwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 281.

Window Messages

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/PASSENGER WINDOW

This message is displayed when thewindow needs to be reprogrammed.If the vehicle's battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, you willneed to program each front windowfor the express-up feature to work.See Power Windows 0 52.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalization menu:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage of the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch S Back to exit or movebackward in a menu.



Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. TouchPad

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 113.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

Radio

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Start Up Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Touch to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot Noise



Compensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Maximum Start Up Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level.

To set the maximum startup volume,touch + or − to increase ordecrease.

Vehicle


. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

. Ionizer

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the auto fanspeed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This allows for selection of airquality sensor operation at high orlow sensitivity.

Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate heated seatsat the level required by the interiortemperature. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 64.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this allows the AutoRear Defog to be turned on or off.This feature will automatically turnon the rear window defogger when itis cold outside.

Select Off or On.



Ionizer

If equipped and on, this featurepurifies the air in the interior of thevehicle. See Automatic ClimateControl System (Quad Zone) 0 178or Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Dual Zone) 0 185.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/DetectionSystems menu and the followingmay be displayed if equipped:

. Alert Type

. Auto Collision Preparation

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Go Notifier

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Lane Change Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding Forward Collision, Lane

Departure Warning, Adaptive CruiseControl, Parking Assist, andBacking Warning alerts.

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andFront Automatic Braking (FAB). TheOff setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB, but if the vehicle hasAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),some last-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided, thoughless likely to occur. See FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB)System 0 240.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature will turn on or off theFront Pedestrian Braking (FPB)system alerts and automaticbraking. The Off setting disables allFPB functions. With the Alert &Brake setting, system alerts andautomatic braking are both

available. The Alert setting disablesautomatic braking. See FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 241.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert & Brake.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on.

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.



Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Mirror Folding

. Rainsense Wipers

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 63.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously storedexit button position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 63.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger outside mirrors will tiltdownward when the vehicle isshifted to R (Reverse) to improvevisibility of the ground near the rearwheels. They will return to theirprevious driving position when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)or the engine is turned off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Auto Mirror Folding

When on, the outside rearviewmirrors will automatically fold orunfold when the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter Q or Kbutton is pressed and held.

Select Off or On.

Rainsense Wipers

This allows the Rainsense Wipersfeature to be disabled or enabled.See “Rainsense™” in WindshieldWiper/Washer 0 111.

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly atnight when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.



Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off, On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off, On-Driver andPassenger, or On-Driver.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off, On-Driver andPassenger, or On-Driver.



Remote Window Operation

This allows the window to beopened when pressing K on theRKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door handle tounlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Touch to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,touch +. Type a new number, thentouch SAVE.

Text Message Alerts

This feature allows text messagesto be received. See “TextMessaging” under “Phone” in theinfotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.



Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature gives voicecommand tips.

Select Off or On.

TouchPad


. Tap to Enter

. Haptic Feedback

. TouchPad Surfaces

. Inversion

. Cursor Tracking Speed

Tap to Enter

When on, this allows tapping of thetouchpad instead of pressing.

Touch to turn On or Off

Haptic Feedback

When on, feedback will be felt whentouching selections on the screen.

Touch to turn On or Off

TouchPad Surface


. Feature

. Information



Feature

This feature allows the touchpad tobe turned on or off.

Touch to select Enabled orDisabled.

Information

Touch to read more about thetouchpad feature.

Inversion


. Up/Down

. Left/Right

. Information

Up/Down

This feature allows the fingergesture to be changed.

Touch to select Default or Inverted.

Left/Right

This feature allows the fingergesture to be changed.

Touch to select Default or Inverted.

Information

Touch to read more about theinversion feature.

Cursor Tracking Speed

This feature changes the speed ofthe cursor tracking.

Select Faster, Normal, or Slower.

Display


. Proximity Sensing

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttonsand features will become visiblewhen a hand approaches thescreen.

Select Off, On, or On-Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera

This allows for Rear Park AssistSymbols and Guidance Lines to beturned off or on.

Select Off or On for the desiredfeature.


Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.



Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Touch to view the version of theinfotainment system software.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 371.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These

instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.



Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press may

be required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.



The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.



Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


170 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 170Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 173Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Battery Power Protection . . . . . 176Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This lightb comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.


Lighting 171

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,press the button on the end of theturn signal lever when the exteriorlamp control is in the AUTO or2position. The blue high-beam onlight appears on the instrumentcluster when the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the high/low-beamchanger or the flash-to-passfeature. If this happens, pressthe button on the end of the turnsignal lever when the exteriorlamp control is in the AUTOor2 position. The instrumentcluster light will come on toindicate the IntelliBeam isreactivated. See HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer 0 172and Flash-to-Pass 0 172.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.


172 Lighting

The automatic high-beamheadlamps may need to be disabledif any of the above conditions exist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition isoff and the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

If equipped with Light-EmittingDiode (LED) headlamps, thededicated DRL will come on whenall of the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, and other lampswill not be on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.


Lighting 173

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 174.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

For vehicles sold in Canada, thiscontrol only works when thetransmission is in P (Park).

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Touch this button on the centerstack to make the front and rear turnsignal lamps flash on and off. Touchagain to turn the flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lane


174 Lighting

change is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers 0 290.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown to brighten or dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjust based onoutdoor lighting. The instrumentpanel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the displayswill be automatically adjusted.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened unless the domelamp override is activated. Todeactivate the dome lamp override,press( OFF and the LEDindicator on the button will turn off.

Dome LampsThe dome lamp is in the overheadconsole.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

( OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.


Lighting 175

+ ON/OFF : Turns the lamp onor off.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on automaticallywhen any door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lights turn on briefly atnight, or in areas of limited lightingwhen K is pressed on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29. When thedriver door is opened, all controllights, Driver Information Center(DIC) lights, and door pocket lightsturn on. After about 30 seconds theexterior lamps turn off, then theremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.


176 Lighting

Entry Lighting with ApproachDetection

If equipped with approach detection,the entry lighting feature willautomatically turn on when the RKEtransmitter is detected withinapproximately 2 m (6 ft) of thevehicle.

If the vehicle has remained parkedfor an extended period of time withno RKE transmitter use or KeylessAccess operation, approachdetection will be disabled. Toreactivate, press any button on theRKE transmitter or open and closeall vehicle doors to re-enable theentry lighting feature on approach.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comeson after the ignition is changed tothe OFF position. The exteriorlamps and dome lamp remain on fora set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


Infotainment System 177

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, rear seat infotainment,phone, navigation system, andvoice or speech recognition. It alsoincludes information on settings.


178 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate ControlSystem (Quad Zone) . . . . . . . . 178

Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Dual Zone) . . . . . . . . . 185

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Climate Control Systems

Automatic Climate Control System (Quad Zone)The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control



5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation



Climate Controls 179




3. Fan Control





8. Defog


Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settingscan be controlled by touchingCLIMATE on the infotainment homescreen or the climate button in thetouch screen application tray.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.



To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on in AUTOmode. Press@ to selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Cluster Options Menu”or “Cluster Menu” under InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 121 orInstrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 118.

OFF : Press to turn the fan on oroff. The temperature control and airdelivery mode can still be adjusted.

Q / R : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driverand the passenger. Press toincrease or decrease thetemperature. Press and hold torapidly increase or decrease thetemperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby touching the buttons on the touchscreen.

SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Whenall climate zone settings are linkedthe SYNC indicator will be lit. Adjustthe driver side temperature controlto change the linked temperature.When the front or rear passengersettings are adjusted, the SYNCindicator will turn off.

Manual Operation

Q9 R : Press the fan controlbuttons or the touch screen fancontrol, to increase or decrease thefan speed. Press and hold thebuttons or the touch screen controlto adjust speed more quickly. Thefan speed setting displays. Pressingeither button cancels automatic fancontrol and the fan can becontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

Driver and Passenger Air DeliveryMode Controls : When the climateinformation is displayed, touch thedesired air delivery mode on thetouch screen to change the directionof the airflow. The selected airdelivery mode button is lit. Touching

any of the air delivery buttonscancels automatic air deliverycontrol and the direction of theairflow can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel outlets and thefloor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

- : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed tothe windshield. Press0 to turn onor off. Changing the air deliverymode also turns the defrost off.

A/C : Touch A/C on the touchscreen to turn the automatic airconditioning on or off. If the fan is



turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioner will not run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation :When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

The climate control system mayhave a sensor to detect air pollution.When using automatic airrecirculation, the air quality controlsystem may operate. To adjust thesensitivity of the air quality sensor,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

@ : Press to alternate betweenrecirculating air inside the vehicle orpulling in outside air. The indicatorlight on the button is lit whenrecirculation mode is active. Thishelps to quickly cool the air insidethe vehicle or reduce the outside airand odors that might enter.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer,this feature helps to clean the airinside the vehicle and removecontaminants such as pollen, odors,and dust. If the climate controlsystem is on and the ionizer isenabled, the ionizer status indicator

will be lit on the climate controltouch screen. To turn the ionizer onor off, see “Climate and Air Quality”under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below.

The upper grid lines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and arenot intended to heat when thedefogger is activated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped) :PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.


Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 64.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when the

vehicle is started remotely. Thesystem uses the driver’s previoussettings to heat or cool the inside ofthe vehicle. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.If equipped with heated or ventilatedseats, they may come on during aremote start. See Remote VehicleStart 0 36 and Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 64.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.



Rear Climate Control SystemThe rear climate control system is on the rear of the center console. Thesettings can be adjusted with the rear climate control buttons and the touchscreen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Rear Driver Side andPassenger Side SeatTemperature Controls

2. O (On/Off)

3. Air Delivery Mode Control


5. Fan Control

Rear Climate Touch ScreenControls


2. Rear Control Lockout

3. ON/OFF


5. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperatures)

6. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

7. Rear Driver Side andPassenger Side ClimateTemperature Controls

8. Rear Fan Control



9. Air Delivery Mode Control

Rear : Touch Rear on the HomePage on the infotainment systemdisplay to open the rear climatecontrol screen. The rear climatecontrol settings can now beadjusted from the frontpassenger area.

O : Press O or touch ON/OFF onthe touch screen to turn the rearclimate control on or off.

SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to match the rear climatecontrol temperature to the frontclimate control driver temperature.The SYNC button will be lit.

Rear Control Lockout : Touch tolock or unlock control of the rearclimate control system from the rearseat passengers. When locked, therear climate control can only beadjusted from the front seat.

Automatic Operation

AUTO : Press to turn on or off. Theair delivery is controlledautomatically. The AUTO indicatorappears on the display. If the airdelivery mode is manually adjusted,this cancels full automatic operation.

Manual Operation

9 : Press or press and hold therear fan button up or down toincrease or decrease the rearclimate airflow. The rear climateairflow can also be adjusted bytouching the fan controls on thefront climate touch screen.

Temperature Controls : Press orpress and hold the rear temperaturecontrol buttons up or down to adjustthe rear passenger temperatures.The rear passenger temperaturescan also be adjusted by touching +for warmer air or − for cooler air onthe front climate touch screen.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Pressor press and hold the button up ordown to select the desired airdelivery mode. Touch the right andleft arrows at the bottom of thetouchscreen to change the directionof the airflow in the rearseating area.



Automatic Climate Control System (Dual Zone)The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control



5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation





3. Fan Control





8. Defog




Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settingscan be controlled by touchingCLIMATE on the infotainment homescreen or the climate button in thetouch screen application tray.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on in AUTOmode. Press@ to selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Cluster Options Menu”under Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)0 121 or Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 118.

OFF : Press to turn the fan on oroff. The temperature control and airdelivery mode can still be adjusted.

Q / R : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driverand the passenger. Press up ordown to increase or decrease thetemperature. Press and hold up ordown to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby touching the buttons on the touchscreen.



SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Whenall climate zone settings are linked,the SYNC indicator will be lit. Adjustthe driver side temperature controlto change the linked temperature.When the front or rear passengersettings are adjusted, the SYNCindicator will turn off.

Manual Operation

Q9 R : Press the fan controlbuttons up or down or touch thetouch screen fan control, to increaseor decrease the fan speed. Pressand hold the buttons up or down ortouch the touch screen control toadjust speed more quickly. The fanspeed setting displays. Pressingeither button cancels automatic fancontrol and the fan can becontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

Driver and Passenger Air DeliveryMode Controls : When the climateinformation is displayed, touch thedesired air delivery mode on thetouch screen to change the directionof the airflow. The selected air

delivery mode button is lit. Touchingany of the air delivery buttonscancels automatic air deliverycontrol and the direction of theairflow can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel outlets and thefloor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

- : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed tothe windshield. Press0 to turn onor off. Changing the air deliverymode also turns the defrost off.

A/C : Touch A/C on the touchscreen to turn the automatic airconditioning on or off. If the fan is

turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioner will not run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation :When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

The climate control system mayhave a sensor to detect air pollution.When using automatic airrecirculation, the air quality controlsystem may operate. To adjust thesensitivity of the air quality sensor,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

@ : Press to alternate betweenrecirculating air inside the vehicle orpulling in outside air. The indicatorlight on the button is lit whenrecirculation mode is active. Thishelps to quickly cool the air insidethe vehicle or reduce the outside airand odors that might enter.



Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer,this feature helps to clean the airinside the vehicle and removecontaminants; such as pollen,odors, and dust. If the climatecontrol system is on and the ionizeris enabled, the ionizer status

indicator will be lit on the climatecontrol touch screen. To turn theionizer on or off, see “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below.

The upper grid lines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and arenot intended to heat when thedefogger is activated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped) :PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.


Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 64.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when the



vehicle is started remotely. Thesystem uses the driver’s previoussettings to heat or cool the inside ofthe vehicle. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.If equipped with heated or ventilatedseats, they may come on during aremote start. See Remote VehicleStart 0 36 and Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 64.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air Vents

Adjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the sides of theinstrument panel, on the rear of thecenter console storage, and in theheadliner over the rear seats,if equipped.

Move the slider knobs to change thedirection of or to close off theairflow.



Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 344.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceThis vehicle has the newenvironmentally friendly refrigerant,R1234yf. This refrigerant has asignificantly reduced global warmingimpact on the environment,compared to the traditionalautomotive refrigerant, R-134a. Allvehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle.

The refrigerant system should onlybe serviced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. The air conditioningevaporator should never be repaired

or replaced by one from a salvagevehicle. It should only be replacedby a new evaporator to ensureproper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 191

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 193Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 194Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 195Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 196Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 198Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 202Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 204Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 206Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 208Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 210Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 214Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 216Automatic VehicleHold (AVH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 219

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 223

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 230

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 231

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . 243Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 246Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 248Surround Vision Recorder . . . . 250

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 253Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255


192 Driving and Operating

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



See the infotainment manual forinformation on that system or thenavigation system, if equipped,including pairing and using a cellphone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See SafetyBelts 0 70.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.



Steering

Variable Effort Steering

The vehicle has a steering systemthat varies the amount of effortrequired to steer the vehicle inrelation to the speed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effortrequired is less at slower speeds tomake the vehicle moremaneuverable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effortincreases to provide a sport-like feelto the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under VehicleMessages 0 146.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery



The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 299.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.



. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 217.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakesshould be applied sooner thanwhen on dry pavement. SeeAntilock Brake System(ABS) 0 214.

See Driver Mode Control 0 219

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use Roadside Service.See Roadside Service 0 364. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 209.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 217.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forth

between R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 330.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it may



properly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 299 and TirePressure 0 306.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 258 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules, andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first2 400 km (1,500 mi) of driving thisvehicle. Parts have a break-inperiod and performance will bebetter in the long run.

For the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm.

. Avoid driving at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor.Never lug the engine in highgear at low speeds.

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities during thisbreak-in period.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal during thefirst 2 400 km (1,500 mi).

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering for the first300 km (200 mi). New tires donot have maximum traction andmay tend to slip.

. New brake linings also need abreak–in period. Avoid makinghard stops during the first300 km (200 mi). This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference



to the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN, and the brake pedal mustbe applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 206.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See TransmissionMessages 0 156. When the vehicleis shifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will switch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn off theignition.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 214.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.



ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 204. Theignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 260.

Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter mustbe in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message. See Keyand Lock Messages 0 150 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.



Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allow thecranking motor to cool down.When the engine starts,release the accelerator. If thevehicle starts briefly but thenstops again, do the same thing.This clears the extra gasoline

from the engine. Do not racethe engine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may causethe vehicle to move. You or othersmay be injured. Because thevehicle has the auto engine stop/start feature, the vehicle's enginemight seem to be shut off;however, once the brake pedal isreleased, the engine will start upagain.

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF, beforeexiting the vehicle.

The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/start system to shut off the engineand help conserve fuel.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 124. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispushed, the engine will restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range,typically between −10 °C (14 °F)and 50 °C (122 °F).

. The shift lever is in any gearother than D (Drive).

. The battery has been recentlydisconnected.

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level forthe climate control system or



defog settings. See AutomaticClimate Control System (QuadZone) 0 178or Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Dual Zone) 0 185.

. The Auto Stop time is greaterthan two minutes.

The automatic engine stop/startfunction can be disabled bytouchingh on the touchscreen.The indicator next to the switch willcome on when the system is active.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. Sunroof (if equipped)

Power to the audio system will workup to 10 minutes or until the driverdoor is opened. Power to thewindows or sunroof will work up to10 minutes or until any door isopened.

Engine Coolant HeaterVehicles with the engine coolantheater can use this option in coldweather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier starting and betterfuel economy during enginewarm-up. Plug in the coolant heaterat least four hours before startingyour vehicle. An internal thermostatin the plug-end of the cord may exist

which will prevent engine coolantheater operation at temperaturesabove −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord isclipped to the diagonal braceon the passenger side of theengine compartment.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.



{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could make

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

it overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep it

away from moving engineparts. If you do not, it could bedamaged.

Contact your dealer for informationon how long to use the heater inyour particular area.

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.

See Electric ParkingBrake 0 214.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding in thebutton on the shift lever andpushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

4. Take the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter with you.



Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 207.If you are towing a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 255.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parking brakeset. After shifting into P (Park), try tomove the shift lever out without firstpushing the button on the shift lever.

If you can, the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see "Shifting Into Park"listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition isin ON/RUN and the brake pedal isapplied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 327 for more information.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 214.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever.



If unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the shift lever will not move fromP (Park), consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 207 andEngine Exhaust 0 209.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 255.

AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the rearwheels. Use this position whenstarting the engine because thevehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless youhave to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 207.If you are pulling a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 255.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. Fully apply theregular brakes first and then pressthe shift lever button before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition is in



ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever and push the shift lever all theway into P (Park) as you maintainbrake application. Then press theshift lever button and move the shiftlever into another gear. See Shiftingout of Park 0 208.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

R : Use this gear to back up.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging thetransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck 0 198.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart when the vehicle is already

moving, use N (Neutral) only. Youcan also use N (Neutral) when thevehicle is being towed.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If you need more powerfor passing, and you are:

. Going less than 55 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 195.

M : This mode can be entered bymoving the shift lever from D (Drive)to M (Manual Mode). M (ManualMode) allows the driver to selectgears appropriate for current drivingconditions. M (Manual Mode) can beexited by returning the shift lever toD (Drive). See Manual Mode 0 212.



Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If you arestuck, do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakesto hold the vehicle in place.

While in Sport Mode, the vehiclemonitors driving behavior andautomatically enables performanceshift features when spirited driving isdetected. These features maintainlower transmission gears toincrease available engine brakingand improve acceleration response.The vehicle will exit these featuresand return to normal operation aftera short period when no spiriteddriving is detected. See Driver ModeControl 0 219.

Manual Mode

Tap Shift

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage thevehicle. Always upshift whennecessary while using Tap Shift.

Vehicles with Tap Shift havecontrols on the back of the steeringwheel to manually shift theautomatic transmission.

To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) to M (Manual Mode).While in Tap Shift Mode, the Mof the PRNDM section of theinstrument cluster will becomehighlighted, and the currentgear is indicated.

2. Tap the left control toward thedriver to downshift, and theright control toward the driverto upshift. To shift to the lowestavailable gear, press and holdthe left control.

3. To exit, move the shift leverback to D (Drive).

With the shift lever in D (Drive) andnot in Permanent Tap Shift Mode,the Tap Shift controls will activate atemporary tap manual shift mode,allowing the transmission to bemanually shifted. The vehicle exitsTemporary Tap Shift Mode after theaccelerator pedal is steady forsix seconds. Temporary Tap ShiftMode holds a gear longer withoutexiting when coasting, to providepowertrain braking. The Temporary



Tap Shift Mode can also bedeactivated by holding the rightupshift control briefly.

While using Tap Shift, the vehiclewill have firmer, quicker shifting. Youcan use this for sport driving orwhen climbing or descending hills,to stay in gear longer, or todownshift for more power or enginebraking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not downshift if theengine rpm is too high in the nextlower gear, or upshift to the nexthigher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, a SHIFT DENIED messagewill be displayed in the instrumentcluster. See TransmissionMessages 0 156.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,it is suggested to shift into secondgear. A higher gear allows thevehicle to gain more traction onslippery surfaces.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature alwayssend engine power to all fourwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemight be heard while this test isgoing on, and it might even benoticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 135.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to

avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the ignition isoff. To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 134and Service Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 134. There are also parkingbrake-related Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages. See BrakeSystem Messages 0 147. In case ofinsufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 134.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, press the EPB switchand hold it. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light remainson, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispressed. If the switch is presseduntil the vehicle comes to a stop,the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN mode.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parking



brake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips 0 255.

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist the driverin stopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. Thebrake assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)HSA may automatically activatewhen the vehicle is stopped on a hilland Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)is not enabled. This feature isdesigned to prevent the vehicle fromrolling, either forward or rearward,during vehicle drive off. During thetransition from releasing the brakepedal to accelerating to drive off ona hill, HSA holds the brakingpressure to prevent rolling. HSA willnot activate if the vehicle is in adrive gear and facing downhill or ifthe vehicle is facing uphill and inR (Reverse).



Automatic VehicleHold (AVH)

AVH can be turned on by pressingAVH with the driver safety beltfastened, the driver door closed,and the engine running. The AVHindicator will come on.

This feature will activate when thevehicle is stopped to prevent it frommoving. After the brake pedal hasbeen released and before theaccelerator pedal has been pressed,AVH uses braking pressure to holdthe vehicle stationary. In addition,the ABS pump motor may activate

to build brake pressure to maintainthe vehicle at a standstill ifnecessary.

If AVH is holding the vehicle, theAVH indicator will change to green.Once AVH is active it will hold thevehicle for a defined time periodthen engage the parking brake.While AVH is holding the vehicle,the parking brake will engage if thedriver door is opened or the driversafety belt is unfastened.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel spinand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the



vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 198and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC),and d comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.


4. Drive the vehicle.

If d comes on and stays on, thevehicle may need more time todiagnose the problem. If thecondition persists, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On



Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andreleaseY. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument clusterand the appropriate DIC messagedisplays. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 154.

To turn TCS on again, press andreleaseY. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and holdY until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak OFF

light g come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriateDIC message displays. See RideControl System Messages 0 154.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and releaseY. The

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affectvehicle performance. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 262.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist indifferent weather conditions orterrain. This system simultaneouslychanges the software calibration ofvarious sub-systems. Depending onthe option package, availablefeatures, and mode selected, thesuspension, steering, andpowertrain will change calibrationsto achieve the desired modecharacteristics.

Press and release MODE on thecenter console to activate the modemenu in the instrument cluster. Thefirst press of the button will show thecurrent mode. Subsequent presseswill scroll through the availablemodes. Select a new settingwhenever driving conditions change.The following modes are available:

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth,soft ride.



If the vehicle is equipped with AWD,the Tour mode is in between theSport and the Snow/Ice modes for amore balanced feel.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions orpersonal preference demand a morecontrolled response.

When selected, the Sport modeindicator will display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

When in Sport mode, the vehicle willshift automatically but may hold alower gear longer than it would inthe normal driving mode based onbraking, throttle input, and vehiclelateral acceleration. See AutomaticTransmission 0 210. The steering,including Active Rear Steer (ifequipped), will change to providemore precise control.

If the vehicle is equipped with AWD,the Sport mode sends more torqueto the rear wheels.

Snow/Ice Mode

Use when more traction is neededduring slippery conditions. Snow/Icemode will use a different acceleratorpedal map in order to optimizetraction on slippery surfaces.

When selected, the Snow/Ice modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 198.

If the vehicle is equipped with AWD,the Snow/Ice mode will providemore torque to the front wheels.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the Traction Control/electronicstability control system begins tolimit wheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise control



automatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 217. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 237. Whenroad conditions allow cruise controlto be safely used, it can be turnedback on.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white indicator appears inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed. To increase speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ to thefirst detent. To increase speed to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press RES+ to thesecond detent.

SET− : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If the cruise control is alreadyactive, use to decrease vehiclespeed. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− to thefirst detent. To decrease speed tothe next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press SET− to thesecond detent.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. KeepJoff when cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET−. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, a greencruise control indicator appears onthe instrument cluster and a cruiseset speed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD),if equipped.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.



Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press RES+ briefly. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressRES+ to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressRES+ to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speedincreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) 0 121 or InstrumentCluster (Base Level) 0 118. Theincrement value used depends onthe units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise, briefly applying SET− will result in cruise set to thecurrent vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on the



accelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, thecruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down. Also, you may haveto brake or shift to a lower gear tokeep your speed down. If the brakepedal is applied, cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path, moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 371.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak®

electronic stability control systemactivates, the ACC may

automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 217. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, ACC can be turned back on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak electronic stability controlsystem is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 193.



{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

J : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To increase speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ to thefirst detent. To increase speed to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press RES+ to thesecond detent.

SET– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate ACC or todecrease vehicle speed if ACC is

already activated. To decreasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− to the first detent. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)mark on the speedometer, pressSET− to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the selected setspeed.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, it couldget pressed and go into cruise whennot desired. KeepJ off whencruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (16 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.



To set ACC:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET–.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster and Head-UpDisplay (HUD). When ACC is active,the indicator will be lit green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If ACC is set at a desired speed andthen the brakes are applied, ACC isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, pressRES+ up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC Is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET–.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC) and HUD. See CruiseControl Messages 0 148.

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired set speed appears onthe display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press RES+ tothe first detent. For each press,the vehicle goes 1 km/h (1 mph)faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press RES+to the second detent. For eachpress, the vehicle speedincreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.




Reducing Speed While ACC Is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. PressSET– and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−to the first detent. For eachpress, the vehicle goes about1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press SET−to the second detent. For eachpress, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.


Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster and HUD. Thegap setting will be maintained until itis changed.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the further

back your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 237.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, thecollision alert symbol on the HUDwill flash on the windshield. Either



eight beeps will sound from thefront, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

See Defensive Driving 0 193.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster and HUD display.

The vehicle ahead indicator onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake forvehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehicle

speed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelights will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required while

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

driving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

The ACC active symbol will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.



Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash as a reminder tocheck traffic ahead beforeproceeding. In addition, the left andright sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse three times, or threebeeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”and “Go Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, ACC resumes automatically ifthe stop was brief. If necessary,press RES+ or the accelerator pedalto resume cruise control. If stoppedfor more than two minutes or if thedriver door is opened and the driversafety belt is unbuckled, the ACCautomatically applies the ElectricParking Brake (EPB) to hold thevehicle. The Electric Parking Brake

status light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 214. To resumeACC and release the EPB, pressthe accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 146.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a DIC warningmessage will indicate that automaticbraking will not occur. See VehicleMessages 0 146. ACC will resumeoperation when the acceleratorpedal is not being pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.



Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens, the vehicle aheadindicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.



Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield behind the rearviewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can becomeblocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 333.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See DefensiveDriving 0 193.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA),Surround Vision, Front VisionCamera, Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) and Backing WarningSystem, Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA), and Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) may help the driverpark or avoid objects. Always checkaround the vehicle when parking orbacking.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press abutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera



1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show that RPAhas detected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Visiondisplays an image of the areasurrounding the vehicle, along with

the front or rear camera views in thecenter stack. The front camera is inthe grille or near the front emblem,the side cameras are on the bottomof the outside rearview mirrors, andthe rear camera is above the licenseplate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingside mirrors that are out ofposition will not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in thecenter stack. The view displays after



shifting from R (Reverse) to aforward gear, or by pressingCAMERA in the center stack, andwhen the vehicle is moving forwardslower than 8 km/h (5 mph).If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the FrontParking Assist system detects anobject within 30 cm (12 in).

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph) thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehiclewithin a zone 25 cm (10 in) high offthe ground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also causefalse detections. Keep the sensorsclean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, andslush; and clean sensors after a carwash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkingAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and thebars change color from yellow toamber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear, or both sides of the



Safety Alert Seat will pulse twotimes. When an object is very close(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),five beeps will sound from the frontor rear depending on objectlocation, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for FPA are higher pitchedthan for RPA.

Backing Warning and RearAutomatic Braking

Vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) have the BackingWarning System and RearAutomatic Braking (RAB) system.The Backing Warning part of thissystem can warn of rear objectswhen backing up at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when anobject is first detected, or pulsetwice on both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat. When the systemdetects a potential crash, beeps willbe heard from the rear, or fivepulses will be felt on both sides of

the Safety Alert Seat. There mayalso be a brief, sharp application ofthe brakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning Systemonly operates at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph). It does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.In some situations, such as athigher backing speeds, there maynot be enough time for the short,sharp application of the vehiclebrake system to occur. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with the Backing WarningSystem, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check allmirrors before backing.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),if the system detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crashwith a detected object behind yourvehicle in your path, it may

automatically brake hard to a stop tohelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by a backing crash.

{ Warning

Rear Automatic Braking may notavoid many types of backingcrashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking and only works inR (Reverse) when an object isdetected directly behind thevehicle. It may not brake or stopin time to avoid a crash. It will notbrake for objects when thevehicle is moving at very lowspeeds. It does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects below thebumper or that are too close ortoo far from the vehicle. Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with RearAutomatic Braking, always checkthe area around the vehiclebefore and while backing.



Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releaseRAB. If the brake pedal is notpressed soon after the stop, theElectric Parking Brake (EPB) maybe set. When it is safe, press theaccelerator pedal firmly at any timeto override RAB.

{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesiredautomatic braking occurs. If thishappens, either press the brakepedal or firmly press theaccelerator pedal to release thebrakes from the Rear AutomaticBraking system. Before releasingthe brakes, check the RVCscreen and check the areaaround the vehicle to make sure itis safe to proceed.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the RVC screen towarn of traffic coming from the left

or right. This system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right side of the vehicle.When an object is detected, eitherthree beeps sound from the left orright or three Safety Alert Seatpulses occur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 371.

Turning the Features On or Off

TouchX on the center stack toturn on or off the Front and RearParking Assist, Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB), Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), and the BackingWarning System at the same time.The indicator light next to the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the featureshave been disabled.

Turn off parking assist, RCTA, andRAB when towing a trailer.

To turn the RPA symbols orguidance lines (on some models) onor off, see “Rear Camera” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes andaccelerator. The Driver informationCenter (DIC) and audible beepshelp to guide parking maneuvers.

Do not use APA when towing atrailer.



{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground levelsuch as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.APA does not respond to changesin the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking maneuver.

TouchO on the center stack toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enoughand within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle.

The vehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph). The systemcannot:

. Detect whether it is a legalparking space.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.

. Always detect short curbs.

If the vehicle is equipped withperpendicular parking mode, touchand holdO during the searchprocess to switch the APA parkingmode between perpendicular andparallel parking.

APA searches for parking spaces tothe right of the vehicle. To search fora parking space to the left, turn onthe left turn signal.

After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beepoccurs and a red symbol displays inthe DIC.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is maneuvering the vehicleinto a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.



APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the instructions in the DIC.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steeringwheel will vibrate briefly as areminder to remove hands from thesteering wheel. Check surroundingsand continue braking or acceleratingas needed, and be prepared to stopto avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects. If the vehicle exceeds10 km/h (6 mph), APA isautomatically disengaged. A DICprogress arrow displays the statusof the parking maneuver. Dependingon the space size, additionalmaneuvers may be required, andthere will be additional instructions.When changing gears, allow theautomatic steering to completebefore continuing the parkingmaneuver. APA will beep anddisplay a PARKING COMPLETEmessage. Place the vehicle inP (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used bythe driver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle messageis displayed in the DIC.

To cancel APA, touchO again.

When the System Does Not Seemto Work Properly

The APA system may require ashort period of driving along curvesto calibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), the Front Automatic Braking(FAB) system, the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) system and/or the

Night Vision system can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.FCA also lights an amber visualalert if following another vehiclemuch too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehiclehas Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),it can detect vehicles to distances ofapproximately 110 m (360 ft) andoperates at all speeds. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 223.



{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 193.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalization. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portionof “Collision/Detection Systems”under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display



Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,

or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timings may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.



Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe rearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This front automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCA

vehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 237.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),or on vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), above 4 km/h(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.



{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Auto Collision Preparation” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, whentowing a trailer.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps orpulses the driver seat. FPB canprovide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle. Thissystem includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA), and the FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) Systemmay also respond to pedestrians.See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 240.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distanceof approximately 40 m (131 ft).



During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited. If thevehicle is equipped with the NightVision system, during nighttimedriving, the vehicle can detect andalert to pedestrians whenever in aforward gear.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 193.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert& Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “FrontPedestrian Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. Whena nearby pedestrian is detecteddirectly in front of the vehicle, thepedestrian ahead indicator willdisplay amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the Safety



Alert Seat will pulse five times.When this Pedestrian Alert occurs,the brake system may prepare fordriver braking to occur more rapidlywhich can cause a brief, milddeceleration. Continue to apply thebrake pedal as needed. Cruisecontrol may be disengaged whenthe Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian directly ahead, andthe brakes have not been applied,FPB may automatically brakemoderately or brake hard. This canhelp to avoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels are reduced tomoderate levels between 18 km/h(11 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).If also equipped with the NightVision system, pedestrians detectedby the Night Vision system will notcause automatic braking to occur.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm pressof the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle doesnot need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.

{ Warning

Using the Front PedestrianBraking System while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Night Vision SystemIf equipped, this system can helpthe driver see and alert the driver topedestrians or large animals aheadof the vehicle beyond the area lit bythe headlamps. A thermal heatimage of the view ahead isdisplayed when it is dark enoughoutside. If a pedestrian or largeanimal is detected more than 25 m(82 ft) away, an amber pedestrian oranimal icon displays and a boxappears around the pedestrian or



animal. When the system detectsthat the vehicle is approaching apedestrian ahead much too quickly,the box changes to red.

With the Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem turned on, Night Visionprovides a red Head-Up Display(HUD) alert when the systemdetects that the vehicle isapproaching a pedestrian aheadmuch too quickly. In addition, analert beeps or the Safety Alert Seatpulses, if equipped. See FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 241.

{ Warning

The system does not detect allobjects or the vehicle distancefrom objects. The system may notprovide a warning with enoughtime to help avoid a crash.

1. Low-Beam Headlamps2. High-Beam Headlamps3. Night Vision System

By selecting a view on theinstrument cluster, the Night Visionimage can be displayed. SeeInstrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 121or Instrument Cluster (Base Level)0 118. The Night Vision system canoperate only if:

. The ignition is on.

. The vehicle is in P (Park) or aforward gear.

. It is dark enough outside.

. The headlamps are on.

Adjust the instrument panelbrightness to make the image nobrighter than necessary. Turn theimage off by selecting another viewon the instrument cluster.

Warm objects, such as pedestrians,animals, and other moving vehicles,should appear whiter on the NightVision display. Cold objects, such asthe sky, signs, and parked vehicles,should appear darker. Night Visiononly shows objects that are warmeror colder than the surroundings.It does not detect brake lamps, turnsignals, emergency flashers, trafficlights, or sign information.



Use this system as an aid byoccasionally glancing at the image.Do not stare at the image or use theimage under well-lit conditions.

{ Warning

Do not stare at the image whiledriving as this might causeimportant objects ahead not to beseen. You could crash, and youor others could be injured.

When a pedestrian or large animalis detected, an amber box displaysaround the pedestrian or animal onthe Night Vision display and anamber pedestrian icon, ~, or animal

icon,!, displays on the instrumentcluster. This pedestrian icon is alsoshown on the Head-Up Display(HUD). When the system detectsthe vehicle is approaching apedestrian much too quickly, theamber box turns red, and a redflashing icon, ~, displays on theHUD with rapid beeping or pulsingof the Safety Alert Seat, if equipped.

System pedestrian icons, beeps,and (if equipped) Safety Alert Seatpulses can be set to Off throughvehicle personalization by turningoff the Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem. See “Front PedestrianDetection” in “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 157.

{ Warning

The Night Vision system does notautomatically brake the vehicle.It does not provide alerts unless itdetects a pedestrian or largeanimal. The system may notdetect pedestrians, includingchildren, or animals:

. If they are less than 25 m(82 ft) away.

. If they are not directlyahead in the sensorcoverage area, fully visible,standing upright, or part of agroup.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. If the pedestrian or animal ismoving too quickly throughthe field of view, such as abicyclist.

. If the pedestrian is wearingcertain types of clothing.

. If headlamps are off, exceptwhen parked.

. If the outside temperature ishigher than 30 °C (86 °F).

. Due to poor visibility,including in heavy fog, rain,or snow.

. If the sensor is blocked bydirt, snow, rain, or ice.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 193.Keep the Night Vision sensorclean and in good repair.



Pedestrian detection may not beavailable in high outsidetemperatures. An amber icon,*,displays. The system does not needservice.

In rain, snow, or fog the image maynot be clear and the direction of theroad ahead may not be seen. Inmore severe weather conditions, theimage may be unclear andunusable. The system does notneed service.

Keep the system sensor clean byactivating the windshield washer upto five times when it is dark enoughfor the system to operate. If theNight Vision image still looks blurry,use a soft wet cloth to gently cleanthe sensor camera lens and drythoroughly. The sensor is behind thefront grille to the inside of the driverside headlamp.

The camera must also be aligned towork correctly. If the camera needsadjustment, see your dealer. Do notattempt to adjust the camerayourself.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning display

will light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.



LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.

If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization using theSide Blind Zone Alert option. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 157.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing a



trailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 333.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or are rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

When LCA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information


Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they arenot in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there will be threebeeps, or the driver seat will pulsethree times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.



. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Surround VisionRecorderIf equipped, this system records the360° camera views to an SD card.Only images are recorded, nosound. An SD card will be neededfor this system. The recommended

SD card is an 8-32GB SDHC cardwith FAT32 file system, Class4 and over.

Insert the SD card into the cardreader located in the trunk. Openingthe trunk will disable recording tosafely remove the SD card.

Other files should not be stored onthe same SD card as the surroundvision recorder files. Storing otherfiles on the same card may increaserecording start up and playback timeor result in a loss of data.

To Activate : Touch Video Recorderon the Home screen. Touch#.# will have a red dot when thevideo recorder is on. It will remainon until it has been turned off.Advise other drivers and occupantsof the vehicle that video images arebeing recorded.

To Deactivate : Touch VideoRecorder on the Home screen.Touch#.

Select from the following when thevehicle is in P (Park).

Exit : Touch to exit this applicationand return to the previous app.



Video List : Touch to display a listof the most recent and savedvideos. Touch the delete button nextto the name to delete a saved video.

Rewind : Touch to rewind the video.Touch again to stop rewinding.

Play/Pause : Touch to play orpause a recorded video.

Fast Forward : Touch to fastforward the video. Touch again tostop fast forward.

Save : Touch to save a video. Thisprotects the video from beingerased. Once the SD card is full,files will be overwritten unless theyhave been saved.

Front/Rear Camera View : Selectto switch between the front and rearcamera views in playback.

Touching S Back returns to theplayer view with video that waspreviously loaded still showing.

The latest recorded video file can beplayed. In addition:

. There are approximately12 hours of video storage basedon an 8GB SD card. This couldvary based on exterior lightingconditions.

. The recorded video is stored infive-minute-long files.

. All files can be viewed on theplayback app or when the SDcard is read by a PC.

. Once the SD card is full, theoldest files will be overwritten.

To Delete Data : Remove the SDcard from the vehicle and insert intoa personal computer to manuallydelete the file.

Error messages can occur if:

. No SD card is present.

. There is a system error.

. The SD card is full.

FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Whendriving in the U.S. and Canada, tohelp keep the engine clean andmaintain optimum vehicleperformance, we recommend usingTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.See www.toptiergas.com for a list ofTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

If the vehicle has the 2.0L L4 turboengine, use premium unleadedgasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 91 or higher.



Regular unleaded gasoline rated at87 octane or higher can be used,but acceleration and fuel economywill be reduced, and an audibleknocking noise may be heard. If thisoccurs, use a gasoline rated at91 octane or higher as soon aspossible. Otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 91 octane rating orhigher, the engine needs service.

If the vehicle has the 3.0L V6 twinturbo engine, use premiumunleaded gasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 91 or higher. If theoctane is less than 91, damage tothe engine may occur and may voidthe vehicle warranty. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline rated at 91 octane orhigher, the engine needs service.

If the vehicle has the 3.6LV6 engine, use regular unleadedgasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 87 or higher. Do notuse gasoline with an octane rating

below 87, as it may cause enginedamage and will lower fueleconomy.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. The fuelsindustry automatically modifies thefuel for the appropriate season.If fuel is left in the vehicle tank forlong periods of time, driving orstarting could be affected. Drive thevehicle until the fuel is at one-halftank or less, then refuel with thecurrent seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenatessuch as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines, areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviously described specification,then they are acceptable to use.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inFlexFuel vehicles.

Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines, mainly high octaneracing gasolines, can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines and/or fuel additives withMMT as they can reduce spark pluglife and affect emission controlsystem performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp may turnon. If this occurs, see your dealerfor service.



California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle may not pass a smog-checktest. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 132.If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If itis determined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, manganese, or any otherfuel not recommended. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improperfuel would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 251.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of FuelSystem Treatment PLUS added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

If equipped, the fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 333.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under the carpetin the trunk.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.



{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. After filling the tank, removeand clean the funnel adapterand return it to the storagelocation.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer. Readthe entire section before towing atrailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 330. Fortowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 331.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the stateand local laws that apply totrailer towing.



. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 2 414 km (1,500mi) toprevent damage to the engine,axle, or other parts.

. Then during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shiftstoo often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

. Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when towing.

. The Front Automatic BrakingSystem should be set to Offwhen towing. See FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB)System 0 240.

. Turn off Parking Assist whentowing.

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear ofthe vehicle and enter if theliftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow is open.

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outsideair. See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 209.

Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving islonger and not as responsive as the

vehicle itself. Get acquainted withthe handling and braking of the rigbefore setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secureand the lamps and any trailerbrakes still work.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid heavybraking and sudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination will not accelerate asquickly and is longer so it is



necessary to go much fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforereturning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this sothe trailer will not strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,

or other objects. Avoid jerky orsudden maneuvers. Signal well inadvance.

If the trailer turn signal bulbs burnout, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will still flash for turns. It isimportant to check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes might get hot and no longerwork well.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear ifthe transmission shifts too oftenunder heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, consider thefollowing: Engine coolant will boil ata lower temperature than at normalaltitudes. If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, the

vehicle may show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run while parked,preferably on level ground, with theautomatic transmission in P (Park)for a few minutes before turning theengine off. If the overheat warningcomes on, see EngineOverheating 0 280.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.



2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the regularbrakes until the chocks absorbthe load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.


3. Shift into a gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Let up on the brake pedal.

6. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

7. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance when TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 344.Things that are especially importantin trailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system, andbrake system. It is a good idea toinspect these before and duringthe trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer TowingBefore pulling a trailer, threeimportant considerations have to dowith weight:

. Weight of the trailer.

. Weight of the trailer tongue.

. Total weight on your vehicle'stires.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that canbe too heavy.

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature, andhow much the vehicle is used to pulla trailer are all important. It candepend on any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”following.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is in thetow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment. Theweight of additional optionalequipment, passengers, and cargoin the tow vehicle must besubtracted from the maximum trailerweight.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice, or write us atour Customer Assistance Offices.See Customer AssistanceOffices 0 363.



Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers, or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

The trailer tongue (1) should weigh10% of the total loaded trailerweight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers can be foundon the Tire and Loading Information

label. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198. Make sure not to go over theGVW limit for the vehicle, includingthe weight of the trailer tongue.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Use the correct hitch equipment.See your dealer or a hitch dealer forassistance.

. The rear bumper on the vehicleis not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. The frame mounted hitch mustbe compatible with aluminum.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If so,seal the holes when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust 0 209.



Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongue ofthe trailer to help prevent the tonguefrom contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Leave enough slack so the rig canturn. Never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

Does the trailer have its ownbrakes? Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If this is done, bothbrake systems will not work well orat all.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light)0 132. A device connected to theDLC — such as an aftermarketfleet or driver-behavior trackingdevice — may interfere withvehicle systems. This could affectvehicle operation and cause acrash. Such devices may alsoaccess information stored in thevehicle’s systems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 86and Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86.


Vehicle Care 261

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 262California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 262

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 272Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 273Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 280Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Battery - North America . . . . . . 284All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 285Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 286

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 286Windshield Replacement . . . . . 287

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 288LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 288Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 289Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 290Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 301Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 318Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 326


262 Vehicle Care

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 330Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive

harm. Engine exhaust, many partsand systems, many fluids, andsome component wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 284and Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 327.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things as


Vehicle Care 263

airbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications OrderingInformation 0 370.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86.


264 Vehicle Care

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 356.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood

{ Warning

Gas struts and other hot metalcomponents under the hood canget hot after running the engine.Do not touch as they can burnunprotected skin and could causeserious injury.

Clear any snow from the hoodbefore opening.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handle.It is on the lower left side of theinstrument panel between thedoor and the steering wheel.

2. Release the handle, then pullthe handle again to fully openthe hood.

3. Go to the front of the vehicleand lift the hood open.

Caution

Be sure the hood is completelyclosed before driving. Damagemay occur if it is not.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are properlyinstalled.

2. Lower the hood approximately46 cm (18 in) from the closedposition.

3. Then push the front center ofthe hood with a swift, firmmotion.

4. Check to make sure the hoodis closed. If not, release thehood from inside and repeatSteps 1–3.


Vehicle Care 265

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 Engine


266 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 275.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 273.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 270.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See CoolingSystem 0 275.

5. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 270.

6. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 327.

7. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 290.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir (UnderCover). See Brake Fluid 0 283.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 281.

10. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 327.


Vehicle Care 267

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine


268 Vehicle Care








8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 283.




Vehicle Care 269

3.6L V6 Engine


270 Vehicle Care








8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 283.



Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” later in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 272.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehicle

must be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overview0 265 for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.


Vehicle Care 271

When to Add Engine Oil

2.0L L4 Engine

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine Shown,3.6L V6 Engine Similar

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 358.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 265 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 353.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


272 Vehicle Care

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors which

include engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 149.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.


Vehicle Care 273

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140 and EngineOil Messages 0 149.

2. Press and hold SEL to clearthe CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message and reset theoil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leak

occurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact yourdealer for additional information.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 344, and be sure to usethe fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 353.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 265.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 344.


274 Vehicle Care

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

2.0L L4 Engine

1. Remove the five screws on topof the engine air cleaner/filtercover.

2. Lift the engine air cleaner/filtercover open on the hinge.

3. Lift and remove the engine aircleaner/filter.

4. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstallthe engine air cleaner/filtercover.


1. Remove the 10 screws on topof the engine air cleaner/filtercover to gain access to both aircleaner/filters.


3. Lift and remove one or bothengine air cleaner/filters.

4. Inspect or replace one or bothengine air cleaner/filters.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstallthe engine air cleaner/filtercover.


Vehicle Care 275

3.6L V6 Engine

1. Screws (6)2. Bolts (3)3. Diagonal Brace

1. Remove the three bolts (2) andthe diagonal brace (3).

2. Remove the six screws (1) ontop of the engine air cleaner/filter cover.


4. Lift and remove the engine aircleaner/filter.

5. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

6. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstallthe engine air cleaner/filtercover and diagonal brace.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

2.0L L4 Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)


276 Vehicle Care




3.6L V6 Engine



{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 277

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. This coolant needs to bechecked and replaced atappropriate intervals. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 344.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 280.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

overheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 353.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.


278 Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

2.0L L4 and 3.0L V6 EngineCoolant Surge Tank

3.6L V6 Engine CoolantSurge Tank

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. See EngineOverheating 0 280.

The coolant surge tank is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine CompartmentOverview 0 265.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level mark is not visible,add a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant at the coolant surge tank tothe top rib on the middle of the tank,but be sure the cooling system,including the coolant surge tankpressure cap, is cool before this isdone. See EngineOverheating 0 280.


Vehicle Care 279

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or others

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolant

surge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.


280 Vehicle Care

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge and an enginecoolant temperature warning light on

the instrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 128and Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light 0 137. The vehiclemay also display a message on theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Engine Cooling SystemMessages 0 149.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Service 0 364.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface. Thencheck to see if the engine coolingfan is running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not be


Vehicle Care 281

too serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in theoverheated area or the enginecoolant temperature warning light nolonger displays, the vehicle can bedriven. Continue to drive the vehicleslowly for about 10 minutes. Keep asafe distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not come

back on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 265 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)


282 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can

be heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear and

evenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 358.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.


Vehicle Care 283

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 265 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 133.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 344.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 353.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.


284 Vehicle Care

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery isneeded.

The battery is in the trunk under thespare tire. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.

If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

Stop/Start System

The vehicle has a Stop/Start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. See Starting theEngine 0 204.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 262.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 327 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery to keep thebattery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery or use abattery trickle charger.

Remember to reconnect the batterywhen ready to drive the vehicle.

All-Wheel DriveIf the vehicle is equipped withAll-Wheel Drive (AWD), this is anadditional system that needslubrication.


Vehicle Care 285

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck the transfer case fluid unlessa leak is suspected or an unusualnoise is heard. A fluid loss couldindicate a problem. Have itinspected and repaired.

How to Check Lubricant

1. Fill Plug2. Drain Plug

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

If the level is below the bottom ofthe fill plug hole on the transfercase, some lubricant will need to beadded. Add enough lubricant toraise the level to the bottom of thefill plug hole. Use care not toovertighten the fill plug.

What to Use

To determine what kind of lubricantto use, see Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 353.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.Do not use the accelerator

pedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.


286 Vehicle Care

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 214.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

roll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

For the proper type and size, seeMaintenance ReplacementParts 0 354.

To replace the wiper bladeassembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.


Vehicle Care 287

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield must bereplaced, get one that is designedfor HUD or the HUD image maylook out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems,the windshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If itis not, there may be unexpectedbehavior and/or messages fromthese systems. See ObjectDetection System Messages 0 151.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


288 Vehicle Care

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see ReplacementBulbs 0 289.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly not listed here, contactyour dealer.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these lamps:

1. Push the lamp assemblytoward the center of thevehicle.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto expose the LED connector.

3. Pull the retaining tab on theLED connector up to releasethe lamp assembly. Removethe lamp assembly.

4. Install the new lamp assemblyon the LED connector. Push inthe retaining tab to lock inplace.

5. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.


Vehicle Care 289

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb

Number

LicensePlate Lamp

13588150

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop. Wiper function isavailable immediately after the wiperswitch is set to off, and back to on.

To protect the wiper motor fromoverheating, the wipers may slowdown when the windshield is dry fora long period of time. If a period ofdry operation, or little moisture,exceeds 10 minutes, the wipersmay switch to intermittent operation,and remain there. When moisture isagain detected on the windshield,wiper operation will return to theoperator selected speed.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.


290 Vehicle Care

Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 290,Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 293,and Rear Compartment FuseBlock 0 295.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThe underhood fuse block is on thedriver side of the enginecompartment.

Lift the fuse block cover to accessthe fuses.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 291

Number Usage

1 Traction powerinverter 2

Number Usage

2 Powercoolant pump

Number Usage

3 –

4 Traction powerinverter 1

5 Transmission/Ignition

6 –

7 Starter 2

8 Starter 1

9 Horn

10 –

11 Right LED

12 Left LED

13 Left and righthigh-beamheadlamps

14 A/C control relay

15 Starter 2 relay

16 Starter 1 relay

17 Run/Crank relay

18 Right cornering LED

19 Headlamplow-beam relay


292 Vehicle Care

Number Usage

20 High-beamheadlamp relay

21 A/C clutch

22 –

23 Coolant heatercontrol module

24 Coolant pump

25 Coolant pump relay

26 HI fuel

27 Steeringcolumn lock

28 Rear heated seats

29 Front heated seats

30 –

31 LED LGT BAT

32 A/C controlmodule/–

33 AIR solenoid

34 –

35 Engine controlmodule

Number Usage

36 Engine controlmodule 2

37 Coolant pump/Ignition coils–odd

38 Ignition coils–even/Non walk 2

39 Non walk

40 Instrument cluster

41 –

42 Fuel pump powermodule

43 Instrument panelbody/Ignition

44 Aeroshutter

45 Washer

46 Front sensor

47 Left cornering LED

48 AIR solenoid relay

49 Air pump relay

50 Engine controlmodule relay

51 Wiper speed relay

Number Usage

52 Wiper control relay

53 Headlamp controlrelay

54 –

55 –

56 Air pump

57 –

58 Instrument panelelectronic center

59 –

60 ABS pump

61 Front wiper

62 Headlamp leveling

63 Electric brakebooster module

64 –

65 –

66 Transfer casecontrol module

67 Electric brakebooster


Vehicle Care 293

Number Usage

68 Rear seatentertainmentdisplay

69 –

70 –

71 ABS valve

72 –

73 –

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse block isbehind the driver side instrumentpanel storage compartment.

The storage compartment has apress to open latch. To access thefuses, open the compartment bypressing and releasing near the topcenter square.

Apply pressure to the two retainingtabs on the sides of thecompartment, until the two retainingtabs clear the sides of theinstrument panel. Allow thecompartment to move downward,and out of the way.

To reinstall the compartment,reverse the steps.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.


294 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F1 Power outlet

F2 Visor

F3 Front blower

F4 Body controlmodule 8

F5 Power steeringcolumn

Fuses Usage

F6 Column lock

F7 Glove box door

F8 Front heated seatmodule

F9 Sensing anddiagnostic module


Fuses Usage


F12 Data link connector

F13 –

F14 –

F15 Rear vision camera

F16 Display

F17 HVAC control

F18 OnStar

F19 –

F20 Lane departurewarning

F21 –

F22 INFO 2

F23 Central gatewaymodule

F24 INFO 1

F25 Video processingmodule

F26 Steering wheelcontrols

F27 USB charge port


Vehicle Care 295

Fuses Usage

F28 Wireless charger

F29 –

F30 Speaker

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the passengerside of the rear compartment.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.


296 Vehicle Care

Fuse Usage

F01 UCAP

F02 Trunk power outlet

F03 Driver windowmotor

Fuse Usage

F04 –

F05 Canister vent

F06 Right rearmemory seat

Fuse Usage


F08 Driver seatadjustment switch


Vehicle Care 297

Fuse Usage

F09 Passive entry/Passive start

F10 Rear subwoofer am-plifier

F11 Driver memory seatmodule

F12 –

F13 –

F14 Right rear seat

F15 Left front amplifier

F16 Right front seat

F17 Rear heated seat

F18 Battery/Regulatedvoltage control

F19 Door mirror switch

F20 –

F21 Vehicle integrationcontrol module

F22 –

F23 Rear closure

F24 –

Fuse Usage

F25 Left motorizedsafety beltpretensioner

F26 Rear defogger

F27 Right front amplifier

F28 Amplifier

F29 Sunroof



F32 Exterior rearviewmirror

F33 Right window

F34 Power trunk module

F35 On-board chargingmodule

F36 Alarm siren module

F37 DC AC inverter

F38 Rear blower

F39 Fuel pump power

F40 –

Fuse Usage

F41 Rear seat poweroutlet

F42 Left rearmemory seat

F43 –

F44 Rear closure

F45 Auxiliary audio/Video/Radio

F46 External objectcalculating/Sideblind zone alert/Radar short rangesensor

F47 –

F48 Right front seat

F49 Memory bolstermodule


F51 Transmissioncontrol module

F52 Parking assist


298 Vehicle Care

Fuse Usage

F53 Heated, cooled orventilated seats (ifequipped)

F54 Rain sensor/Powersounder/Intrusion/Universal remotesystem

F55 Front memory seatmodule

F56 Evaporativeemissions leakcheck module

F57 Voltage currenttemperature module

F58 –

F59 Engine controlmodule power

F60 Right motorizedsafety beltpretensioner

F61 Parking lamps

F62 –

F63 –

Fuse Usage

F64 Engine controlmodule/Ignition

F65 Rear glasssunshade

F66 Rear vision camera/Interior rearviewmirror

F67 DC DC converter/Air quality sensor

F68 Damping controlmodule

F69 –

F70 –

F71 –

F72 –

F73 –

F74 –

F75 –

Fuse Usage

Relays Usage

R1 Rear seat poweroutlet relay

R2 Fuel pump relay

R3 Run/Crank relay


Vehicle Care 299

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 308 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.


300 Vehicle Care

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 300.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increased

traction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 315.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If winter

tires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 245/45R19,245/40R20, or 245/40ZR20XL(99Y) size tires, they areclassified as low-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.


Vehicle Care 301

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 300.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C (20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not in

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

use. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 312.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.


302 Vehicle Care

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows the

manufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 316.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 326 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 320.


Vehicle Care 303

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see TirePressure 0 306.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,

construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.


304 Vehicle Care

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See TirePressure 0 306.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.


Vehicle Care 305

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire that

contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 306 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 198.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.


306 Vehicle Care

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for NewTires 0 314.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are

determined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 316.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 198.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)


Vehicle Care 307

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 326.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, no

further adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


308 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with 235/50R18 97V or245/45R19 98V size tires requireinflation pressure adjustment when

driving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Setthe cold inflation pressure for all fourtires to 270 kPa (39 psi).

Vehicles with 245/40R20 95W sizetires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold inflationpressure to 290 kPa (42 psi).

Vehicles with 245/40ZR20XL (99Y)size tires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold inflationpressure for the front tires to 240kPa (35 psi) and the rear tires to260 kPa (38 psi).

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198 and Tire Pressure 0 306.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.


Vehicle Care 309

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.

This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure


310 Vehicle Care

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires when

they are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198 for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 306.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 312, Tire Rotation 0 313,and Tires 0 299.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.


Vehicle Care 311

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 315.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,

passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side reartire. See your dealer for service orto purchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power modein ON/RUN/START. SeeIgnition Positions 0 202.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo display option is turned on.The info displays on the DICcan be turned on and off


312 Vehicle Care

through the Settings menu.See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 140.

4. Use the five-way DIC controlon the right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 140.

5. Press and hold SEL in thecenter of the five-way DICcontrol.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Press ENGINE START/STOPto turn the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.


Vehicle Care 313

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km/7,500 mi. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 344.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 314and Wheel Replacement 0 318.

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating tires of the same sizeinstalled on all four wheelpositions.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 306and Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.


314 Vehicle Care

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 309.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 358.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not get

grease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)

or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 312and Tire Rotation 0 313.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight to


Vehicle Care 315

slow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 301, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 313 for information

on proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire'smaximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.


316 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,

traction control, electronic stabilitycontrol, or All-Wheel Drive, theperformance of these systems canalso be affected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 315 andAccessories andModifications 0 262.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National Highway


Vehicle Care 317

Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistance


318 Vehicle Care

to the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.


Vehicle Care 319

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has 265/45R18 sizetires on the rear axle, do not usetire chains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension,or other vehicle parts. The areadamaged by the tire chains couldcause loss of control and a crash.Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Iftraction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with atire size other than 265/45R18,use tire chains only where legaland only when necessary. Uselow profile chains that add nomore than 10 mm thickness to thetire tread and inner sidewall. Usechains that are the proper size forthe tires. Install them on the tiresof the rear axle. Do not usechains on the tires of the frontaxle. Tighten them as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues,slow down until it stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning the wheelswith chains on will damage thevehicle.


320 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 299. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 173.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 321

Warning (Continued)

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Jack2. Retainer Nut3. Tool Bag4. Strap5. Wrench6. Tow Hook (If Equipped)

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Lift the spare tire cover andattach the handle to thetrunk edge.


322 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise and removethe spare tire. Place the sparetire next to the tire beingchanged.

4. Remove the jack and toolsfrom their container and placethem near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 320.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen andremove the wheel nut caps.

3. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

4. Place the jack near the flat tire.

5. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 323

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

6. Place the hex tube end of thewrench over the hex head ofthe jack.

7. Place the jack under thevehicle.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

8. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flattire within the depression of thejack pads, as shown. The jackmust not be used in any otherposition.

9. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off theground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clearthe ground.


324 Vehicle Care

10. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

11. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

12. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

13. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

15. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheel

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 325

Warning (Continued)

nuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 358 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 358 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

17. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Replace the jack and tools asthey were, originally, stored intheir container near thespare tire.

3. Replace the spare tire cover.

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in therear storage compartment.

If there is a loop on the end ofthe strap used to secure theflat tire, go to Step 5. If there isnot a loop, go to Step 8.


326 Vehicle Care

5. Route the loop end of thestrap (3) through one of thecargo tie-downs (1) in the rearof the vehicle.

6. Route the hook (2) through theloop (3).

7. Pull the strap to tighten itaround the cargo tie-down (1).

8. Route the hook end of thestrap through the wheel.

9. Attach the hook to the cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

10. Tighten the strap.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tire


Vehicle Care 327

repaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 284.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

(Continued)


328 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 262.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

vehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

2.0L L4 Engine Shown, 3.0LV6 Engine and 3.6L V6 Engine

Similar

1. Discharged Remote BatteryPositive Terminal

2. Discharged Remote BatteryNegative Ground Terminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start remote positiveterminal (1) and the remote negativeground terminal (2) for thedischarged battery are on the driverside of the vehicle.

The jump start negative terminal (3)and positive terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under ared cover. Remove the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.


Vehicle Care 329

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park). See Shifting IntoPark 0 207.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn offall lights and accessories inboth vehicles, except thehazard warning flashers ifneeded.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) groundterminal on the driver sideshock tower for the dischargedbattery.


330 Vehicle Care

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Use the tow eye for towing adisabled vehicle or loading it onto aflatbed car carrier. The tow eyeshould not be used to recover avehicle from an off road situation.


Vehicle Care 331

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.Remove the tow eye by turning itcounterclockwise. When the tow eyeis removed, reinstall the cover withthe notch in the original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing the

vehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be


332 Vehicle Care

towed, a dolly should be used. Seethe following information on dollytowing.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dolly Towing(Rear-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

To dolly tow a rear-wheel-drivevehicle from the rear:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer instructions.

2. Put the rear wheels on thedolly.

3. Shift the transmission toP (Park).

4. Firmly set the parking brake.

5. Use an adequate clampingdevice designed for towing toensure that the front wheelsare locked into thestraight-ahead position.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollyfollowing the manufacturerinstructions.

7. Release the parking brake onlyafter the vehicle being towed isfirmly attached to the towingvehicle.

8. Turn the ignition off.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel DriveVehicles)


Vehicle Care 333

Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannotbe dolly towed.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 353.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)


334 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

may damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage, always follow thesecleaning instructions:


Vehicle Care 335

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakesbetween the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Shutter System


336 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shuttersystem clean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequent

application. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 353.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaning

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 337

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect brakelinings/shoes for wear or cracks.Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.


338 Vehicle Care

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.


Vehicle Care 339

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


340 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.


Vehicle Care 341

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


342 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 342

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 344

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil


Service and Maintenance 343

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 251.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 263.



Cadillac PremiumCare MaintenanceYour vehicle comes with theCadillac Premium CareMaintenance. It is a maintenanceprogram that covers selectmaintenance services during thefirst 4 years or 80 000 km(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance covers routinemaintenance services, whenscheduled in accordance with theowner manual, including:

. Oil changes based on thevehicle's oil life monitor system.

. Tire rotation every 12 000 km(7,500 mi).

. Engine air cleaner filterreplacement.

. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement.

. Multi‐point vehicle inspection(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenanceservices be performed by a Cadillacauthorized service dealer.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 270.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See TirePressure 0 306.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 312.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See WasherFluid 0 281.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least once



a year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 272.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 313.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 270 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 272.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 277.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 281.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 333. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper BladeReplacement 0 286.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 306.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 312.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 273.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 333.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 333.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 75.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 333.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 285.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck 0 285.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) MechanismCheck 0 286.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 55.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil andfilter, if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(2.0L and 3.0L Twin Turbo Engines) @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(3.6L Engine Only) @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 313.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.

Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.



(3) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See CoolingSystem 0 275.

(6) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the transfer case fluid.Contaminated fluid will decrease thelife of the transfer case and/or axlesand should be replaced.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 283.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil andfilter, if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(2.0L and 3.0L Twin Turbo Engines) @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(3.6L Engine Only) @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (5) @ @ @

Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @

Change front axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. @ @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 313.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(3) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the transfer case fluid.Contaminated fluid will decrease thelife of the transfer case and/or axlesand should be replaced.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See CoolingSystem 0 275.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 283.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in ExteriorCare 0 333.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 353 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. For

information on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 338 andExterior Care 0 333.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.



Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See EngineOil 0 270.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant 0 277.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536, inCanada 19300537).

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19331044, in Canada 19331045).

Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.

Rear Axle/Front Axle (All-WheelDrive)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090).

Hood Latch Assembly, Pivots, SpringAnchor, and Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 23184137 A3205C

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine (Driver Side) 23441383 A3207C

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine (Passenger Side) 23450879 A3206C

3.6L V6 Engine 23458700 A3204C

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 19330000 PF63E

3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356916 CF185



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 12650283 41-131

3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.62 in) 13227404 —

Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.72 in) 25882578 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


Technical Data 357

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 360

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 358 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, behind the access panelin the trunk on the passenger side,has the following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


358 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 353 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System – Engine

2.0L L4 Engine 8.6 L 9.1 qt

2.0L L4 Engine with Rear A/C 10.3 L 10.9 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 10.6 L 11.2 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine with Rear A/C 12.3 L 13.0 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine with Rear A/C and AuxiliaryRadiator

13.2 L 13.9 qt

3.6L V6 Engine 9.8 L 10.4 qt

3.6L V6 Engine with Rear A/C 11.4 L 12.0 qt

Cooling System – Twin Turbo

3.0L V6 Engine Intercoolers 3.2 L 3.4 qt


Technical Data 359

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt

3.6L V6 Engine 6.15 L 6.5 qt

Fuel Tank 72.7 L 19.2 gal

Transfer Case – AWD 0.8 L 0.85 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 150Y 110 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 6 Automatic 0.65–0.75 mm (0.26–0.030 in)

3.6L V6 Engine S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)


360 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine


3.6L V6 Engine


Customer Information 361

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 364

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 364Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 368Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 373OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 374

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service orparts manager, contact the owner ofyour dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


362 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800–458–8006. InCanada, call the Canadian CadillacCustomer Care Centre at1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada



Company wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

General Motors Cadillac CustomerCare CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCadillac Customer Care Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English/French)Cadillac Roadside Service:1-800-882-1112



Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user cancommunicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online ownerexperience allows interaction withCadillac and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View printable dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers,and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls or search byVehicle Identification Number (VIN).See Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 357or Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 357.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.



Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Service program at anytime without notification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.

For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is yourresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed during thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals, and rental car or a



vehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 805 km(500 mi).

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto club ortowing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contacting aCadillac advisor and, whereavailable, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.

A dealer technician will travel toyour location within a 30-mile radiusof a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools required tohandle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorization hasbeen received, the RoadsideService advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Serviceadvisor may give you permissionto get local emergency roadservice. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered,however any cost for parts andlabor for repairs not covered bythe warranty are the ownerresponsibility.



Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New Vehicle



Limited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will not

specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service 0 364.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.



If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 81.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehicle

repaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably service

General Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.



ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and with

Industry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Company. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of CanadaCompany1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the



OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 379.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 375

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service,and GPS satellite signals to beavailable and operating. OnStar actsas a link to existing emergencyservice providers. OnStar maycollect information about you andyour vehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar’s Terms &

Conditions and Privacy Statementfor more details including systemlimitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


376 OnStar

. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot nameor SSID and password,if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar subscription plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar subscription plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.


OnStar 377

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Destination Download

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andRemoteLink mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Indentifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at


378 OnStar

4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.

OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide specialoffers from restaurants and retailerson your route, help locate hotels,or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”


OnStar 379

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail, or bypressingQ. The Proactive Alertsfeature (if available) can help predictand alert of potential upcomingmaintenance issues with selectcomponents on the vehicle, beforethey become a problem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle isequipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.


380 OnStar

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Diagnostics, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance,Turn-by-Turn Navigation, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar terms and conditions:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.


OnStar 381

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five dayswithout an ignition cycle. If the

vehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.


382 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 260. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the


OnStar 383

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of a


384 OnStar

self-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 385

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 223Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 260Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .60Lumbar, Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .68Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 273Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .178, 185Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

Passenger Sensing System . . . .82What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .78AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 130Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 246

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 284Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 214Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

ArmrestRear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107


386 Index

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 231

Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139AutomaticClimate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 185

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Automatic VehicleHold (AVH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Battery - North America . . . .284, 327Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 286Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 133

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 241

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 202Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 288

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

CCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 253Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .262, 284, 327

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 107Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 131CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .90Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 103Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333


Index 387

Cleaning (cont'd)Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 185

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . 118, 121Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 368Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 326CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Engine Temperature Gauge . . 128Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 223Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 364Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 370

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 368Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 373Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . .69

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 360Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 213, 284

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 230Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 219DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 237Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .27Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 196If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 198Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 194Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197


388 Index

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 214Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 134Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 290Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 265Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Engine (cont'd)Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Cooling System Messages . . . 149Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 126Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 210Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Engine OilTemperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 127

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 373Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 170Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 172Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 173Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 273Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .64

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27


Index 389

Fuel (cont'd)Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 138Requirements, California . . . . . 253System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 290Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 166Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

GaugesBoost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 126Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . . 127Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Gauges (cont'd)Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 342Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 173Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 139High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 172Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 139

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Heated and Ventilated RearSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49HeaterEngine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Heating and AirConditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 185

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 308Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 196Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 216Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 374Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . 118, 121


390 Index

Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 49Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 150Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .29

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 301LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 172Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 132Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Lamps (cont'd)On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 246Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 248Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 135Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Light, Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . 139LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 174LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 133Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Lights (cont'd)Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 134Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . 137

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 138Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 172Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 129Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 137

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 138


Index 391

Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 60, 68Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 344Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 132Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 149

Messages (cont'd)Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Object Detection System . . . . . 151Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 154Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 156Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Mirrors (cont'd)Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 49Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 202Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 272Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 126Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 88


392 Index

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 364OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 377OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 379OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 376OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 370

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 286

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 209Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 231

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 82Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 136Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 262

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 206Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 74Premium Care MaintenanceCadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 372

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 367

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .262, 284, 327

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 371Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 69Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .69

Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . . . 54Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

RecorderVideo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 331Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 87


Index 393

Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 372General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 360Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .75Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .74

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 372General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 367SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .64Heated and Ventilated, Rear . . . .69Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .60Lumbar Adjustment, Rear . . . . . .68Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .60Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 103

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 263Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 357Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 367Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86


394 Index

Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 246Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Special Application Services . . . . 349Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 36Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 285Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Steering System Messages . . . . . 155

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 106Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55SunshadeRear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 374Night Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 364Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 46

Theft-Deterrent Systems (cont'd)Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 61Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Pressure Monitor Operation . . 309Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 308Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Terminology and Definitions . . 304Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 318


Index 395

Tires (cont'd)When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 255Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259General Information . . . . . . . . . . 255Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 331Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 316Universal Remote System . . . . . . 166Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Identification Number (VIN) . . . 357Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 157Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Vehicle HoldAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Video Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 133Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 248

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 318Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 94Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52


396 Index

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 286Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

2k16 cs6 cadillac ct6 22988376a.ai 1 12/10/2015 9:40:58 amcadillac ct6 owner manual...

Documents